diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp')
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp | 10780 |
1 files changed, 10780 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bb243d41a490 --- /dev/null +++ b/contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,10780 @@ +//===- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes --------------===// +// +// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. +// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. +// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception +// +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// +// This file implements the ASTContext interface. +// +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" +#include "CXXABI.h" +#include "Interp/Context.h" +#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" +#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" +#include "clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h" +#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" +#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h" +#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" +#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" +#include "clang/AST/Decl.h" +#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" +#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" +#include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h" +#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" +#include "clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h" +#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" +#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" +#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" +#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" +#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" +#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" +#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" +#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" +#include "clang/AST/RawCommentList.h" +#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" +#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" +#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" +#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" +#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" +#include "clang/AST/Type.h" +#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" +#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h" +#include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h" +#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" +#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" +#include "clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h" +#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" +#include "clang/Basic/FixedPoint.h" +#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" +#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" +#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" +#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" +#include "clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h" +#include "clang/Basic/SanitizerBlacklist.h" +#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" +#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" +#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" +#include "clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h" +#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" +#include "clang/Basic/XRayLists.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/None.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" +#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" +#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" +#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" +#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" +#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" +#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" +#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" +#include <algorithm> +#include <cassert> +#include <cstddef> +#include <cstdint> +#include <cstdlib> +#include <map> +#include <memory> +#include <string> +#include <tuple> +#include <utility> + +using namespace clang; + +enum FloatingRank { + Float16Rank, HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank, Float128Rank +}; + +/// \returns location that is relevant when searching for Doc comments related +/// to \p D. +static SourceLocation getDeclLocForCommentSearch(const Decl *D, + SourceManager &SourceMgr) { + assert(D); + + // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. + if (D->isImplicit()) + return {}; + + // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. + if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { + if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) + return {}; + } + + if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { + if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && + VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) + return {}; + } + + if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { + if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) + return {}; + } + + if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { + TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); + if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || + TSK == TSK_Undeclared) + return {}; + } + + if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { + if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) + return {}; + } + if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { + // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the + // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment + if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) + return {}; + } + // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. + if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) + return {}; + + // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template + // documentation. + if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || + isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || + isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) + return {}; + + // Find declaration location. + // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple + // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration + // location". + // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, + // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". + if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || + isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || + isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || + isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) + return D->getBeginLoc(); + else { + const SourceLocation DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); + if (DeclLoc.isMacroID()) { + if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) { + // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being + // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location as + // the "declaration location". + return D->getBeginLoc(); + } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { + // If location of the tag decl is inside a macro, but the spelling of + // the tag name comes from a macro argument, it looks like a special + // macro like NS_ENUM is being used to define the tag decl. In that + // case, adjust the source location to the expansion loc so that we can + // attach the comment to the tag decl. + if (SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(DeclLoc) && + TD->isCompleteDefinition()) + return SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(DeclLoc); + } + } + return DeclLoc; + } + + return {}; +} + +RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCacheImpl( + const Decl *D, const SourceLocation RepresentativeLocForDecl, + const std::map<unsigned, RawComment *> &CommentsInTheFile) const { + // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we + // can't find the comment. + if (RepresentativeLocForDecl.isInvalid() || + !RepresentativeLocForDecl.isFileID()) + return nullptr; + + // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. + if (CommentsInTheFile.empty()) + return nullptr; + + // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the + // file buffer. + const std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = + SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RepresentativeLocForDecl); + + // Slow path. + auto OffsetCommentBehindDecl = + CommentsInTheFile.lower_bound(DeclLocDecomp.second); + + // First check whether we have a trailing comment. + if (OffsetCommentBehindDecl != CommentsInTheFile.end()) { + RawComment *CommentBehindDecl = OffsetCommentBehindDecl->second; + if ((CommentBehindDecl->isDocumentation() || + LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments) && + CommentBehindDecl->isTrailingComment() && + (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D) || + isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) { + + // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts + // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. + if (SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) == + Comments.getCommentBeginLine(CommentBehindDecl, DeclLocDecomp.first, + OffsetCommentBehindDecl->first)) { + return CommentBehindDecl; + } + } + } + + // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. + // Let's look at the previous comment. + if (OffsetCommentBehindDecl == CommentsInTheFile.begin()) + return nullptr; + + auto OffsetCommentBeforeDecl = --OffsetCommentBehindDecl; + RawComment *CommentBeforeDecl = OffsetCommentBeforeDecl->second; + + // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. + if (!(CommentBeforeDecl->isDocumentation() || + LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments) || + CommentBeforeDecl->isTrailingComment()) + return nullptr; + + // Decompose the end of the comment. + const unsigned CommentEndOffset = + Comments.getCommentEndOffset(CommentBeforeDecl); + + // Get the corresponding buffer. + bool Invalid = false; + const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, + &Invalid).data(); + if (Invalid) + return nullptr; + + // Extract text between the comment and declaration. + StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndOffset, + DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndOffset); + + // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between + // comment and declaration. + if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos) + return nullptr; + + return CommentBeforeDecl; +} + +RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { + const SourceLocation DeclLoc = getDeclLocForCommentSearch(D, SourceMgr); + + // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we + // can't find the comment. + if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) + return nullptr; + + if (ExternalSource && !CommentsLoaded) { + ExternalSource->ReadComments(); + CommentsLoaded = true; + } + + if (Comments.empty()) + return nullptr; + + const FileID File = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc).first; + const auto CommentsInThisFile = Comments.getCommentsInFile(File); + if (!CommentsInThisFile || CommentsInThisFile->empty()) + return nullptr; + + return getRawCommentForDeclNoCacheImpl(D, DeclLoc, *CommentsInThisFile); +} + +/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to +/// refer to the actual template. +/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. +static const Decl &adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl &D) { + if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&D)) { + // Is this function declaration part of a function template? + if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) + return *FTD; + + // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. + if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) + return D; + + // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? + if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) + return *FTD; + + // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? + if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = + FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) + return *MemberDecl; + + return D; + } + if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&D)) { + // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class + // template? + if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) + if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) + return *MemberDecl; + + return D; + } + if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(&D)) { + // Is this class declaration part of a class template? + if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) + return *CTD; + + // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial + // specialization? + if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { + if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) + return D; + llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, + ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> + PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); + return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl *>() + ? *static_cast<const Decl *>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) + : *static_cast<const Decl *>( + PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); + } + + // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? + if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = + CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) + return *Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); + + return D; + } + if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(&D)) { + // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? + if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) + return *MemberDecl; + + return D; + } + // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? + return D; +} + +const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( + const Decl *D, + const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { + if (!D) { + if (OriginalDecl) + OriginalDecl = nullptr; + return nullptr; + } + + D = &adjustDeclToTemplate(*D); + + // Any comment directly attached to D? + { + auto DeclComment = DeclRawComments.find(D); + if (DeclComment != DeclRawComments.end()) { + if (OriginalDecl) + *OriginalDecl = D; + return DeclComment->second; + } + } + + // Any comment attached to any redeclaration of D? + const Decl *CanonicalD = D->getCanonicalDecl(); + if (!CanonicalD) + return nullptr; + + { + auto RedeclComment = RedeclChainComments.find(CanonicalD); + if (RedeclComment != RedeclChainComments.end()) { + if (OriginalDecl) + *OriginalDecl = RedeclComment->second; + auto CommentAtRedecl = DeclRawComments.find(RedeclComment->second); + assert(CommentAtRedecl != DeclRawComments.end() && + "This decl is supposed to have comment attached."); + return CommentAtRedecl->second; + } + } + + // Any redeclarations of D that we haven't checked for comments yet? + // We can't use DenseMap::iterator directly since it'd get invalid. + auto LastCheckedRedecl = [this, CanonicalD]() -> const Decl * { + auto LookupRes = CommentlessRedeclChains.find(CanonicalD); + if (LookupRes != CommentlessRedeclChains.end()) + return LookupRes->second; + return nullptr; + }(); + + for (const auto Redecl : D->redecls()) { + assert(Redecl); + // Skip all redeclarations that have been checked previously. + if (LastCheckedRedecl) { + if (LastCheckedRedecl == Redecl) { + LastCheckedRedecl = nullptr; + } + continue; + } + const RawComment *RedeclComment = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(Redecl); + if (RedeclComment) { + cacheRawCommentForDecl(*Redecl, *RedeclComment); + if (OriginalDecl) + *OriginalDecl = Redecl; + return RedeclComment; + } + CommentlessRedeclChains[CanonicalD] = Redecl; + } + + if (OriginalDecl) + *OriginalDecl = nullptr; + return nullptr; +} + +void ASTContext::cacheRawCommentForDecl(const Decl &OriginalD, + const RawComment &Comment) const { + assert(Comment.isDocumentation() || LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); + DeclRawComments.try_emplace(&OriginalD, &Comment); + const Decl *const CanonicalDecl = OriginalD.getCanonicalDecl(); + RedeclChainComments.try_emplace(CanonicalDecl, &OriginalD); + CommentlessRedeclChains.erase(CanonicalDecl); +} + +static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, + SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { + const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); + if (const auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { + const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); + if (!ID) + return; + // Add redeclared method here. + for (const auto *Ext : ID->known_extensions()) { + if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = + Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), + ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) + Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); + } + } +} + +void ASTContext::attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls, + const Preprocessor *PP) { + if (Comments.empty() || Decls.empty()) + return; + + // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. + // The location doesn't have to be precise - we care only about the file. + const FileID File = + SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Decls.begin())->getLocation()).first; + auto CommentsInThisFile = Comments.getCommentsInFile(File); + if (!CommentsInThisFile || CommentsInThisFile->empty() || + CommentsInThisFile->rbegin()->second->isAttached()) + return; + + // There is at least one comment not attached to a decl. + // Maybe it should be attached to one of Decls? + // + // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the + // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to + // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked + // ahead through comments. + + for (const Decl *D : Decls) { + assert(D); + if (D->isInvalidDecl()) + continue; + + D = &adjustDeclToTemplate(*D); + + const SourceLocation DeclLoc = getDeclLocForCommentSearch(D, SourceMgr); + + if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) + continue; + + if (DeclRawComments.count(D) > 0) + continue; + + if (RawComment *const DocComment = + getRawCommentForDeclNoCacheImpl(D, DeclLoc, *CommentsInThisFile)) { + cacheRawCommentForDecl(*D, *DocComment); + comments::FullComment *FC = DocComment->parse(*this, PP, D); + ParsedComments[D->getCanonicalDecl()] = FC; + } + } +} + +comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, + const Decl *D) const { + auto *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; + ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; + ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; + ThisDeclInfo->fill(); + ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); + if (!ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters) + ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters = FC->getDeclInfo()->TemplateParameters; + comments::FullComment *CFC = + new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), + ThisDeclInfo); + return CFC; +} + +comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { + const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); + return RC ? RC->parse(*this, nullptr, D) : nullptr; +} + +comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( + const Decl *D, + const Preprocessor *PP) const { + if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) + return nullptr; + D = &adjustDeclToTemplate(*D); + + const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); + llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = + ParsedComments.find(Canonical); + + if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { + if (Canonical != D) { + comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; + comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); + return CFC; + } + return Pos->second; + } + + const Decl *OriginalDecl = nullptr; + + const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); + if (!RC) { + if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { + SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; + const auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); + if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) + if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) + if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) + return cloneFullComment(FC, D); + if (OMD) + addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); + getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); + for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) + if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) + return cloneFullComment(FC, D); + } + else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { + // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter + // does not have one of its own. + QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); + if (const auto *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) + if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) + if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) + return cloneFullComment(FC, D); + } + else if (const auto *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { + while (IC->getSuperClass()) { + IC = IC->getSuperClass(); + if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) + return cloneFullComment(FC, D); + } + } + else if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { + if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) + if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) + return cloneFullComment(FC, D); + } + else if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { + if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) + return nullptr; + // Check non-virtual bases. + for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) { + if (I.isVirtual() || (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) + continue; + QualType Ty = I.getType(); + if (Ty.isNull()) + continue; + if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { + if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) + continue; + + if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) + return cloneFullComment(FC, D); + } + } + // Check virtual bases. + for (const auto &I : RD->vbases()) { + if (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) + continue; + QualType Ty = I.getType(); + if (Ty.isNull()) + continue; + if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { + if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) + continue; + if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) + return cloneFullComment(FC, D); + } + } + } + return nullptr; + } + + // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we + // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important + // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be + // different across redeclarations. + if (D != OriginalDecl && OriginalDecl) + return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); + + comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); + ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; + return FC; +} + +void +ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, + TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { + ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); + ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); + ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); + + TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); + ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); + for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), + PEnd = Params->end(); + P != PEnd; ++P) { + if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { + ID.AddInteger(0); + ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); + continue; + } + + if (const auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { + ID.AddInteger(1); + ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); + ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); + if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { + ID.AddBoolean(true); + ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); + for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { + QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); + ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); + } + } else + ID.AddBoolean(false); + continue; + } + + auto *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); + ID.AddInteger(2); + Profile(ID, TTP); + } +} + +TemplateTemplateParmDecl * +ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( + TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { + // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical + = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (Canonical) + return Canonical->getParam(); + + // Build a canonical template parameter list. + TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); + SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; + CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); + for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), + PEnd = Params->end(); + P != PEnd; ++P) { + if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) + CanonParams.push_back( + TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + TTP->getDepth(), + TTP->getIndex(), nullptr, false, + TTP->isParameterPack())); + else if (const auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { + QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); + TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); + NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; + if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { + SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; + SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; + for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { + ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); + ExpandedTInfos.push_back( + getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); + } + + Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + NTTP->getDepth(), + NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr, + T, + TInfo, + ExpandedTypes, + ExpandedTInfos); + } else { + Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + NTTP->getDepth(), + NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr, + T, + NTTP->isParameterPack(), + TInfo); + } + CanonParams.push_back(Param); + + } else + CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( + cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); + } + + assert(!TTP->getTemplateParameters()->getRequiresClause() && + "Unexpected requires-clause on template template-parameter"); + Expr *const CanonRequiresClause = nullptr; + + TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP + = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), + SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), + TTP->getPosition(), + TTP->isParameterPack(), + nullptr, + TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + CanonParams, + SourceLocation(), + CanonRequiresClause)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!Canonical && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); + (void)Canonical; + + // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. + Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); + CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); + return CanonTTP; +} + +CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { + if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return nullptr; + + switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { + case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: // Same as Itanium at this level + case TargetCXXABI::iOS: + case TargetCXXABI::iOS64: + case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS: + case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: + case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS: + case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: + case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly: + return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); + case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: + return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); + } + llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); +} + +interp::Context &ASTContext::getInterpContext() { + if (!InterpContext) { + InterpContext.reset(new interp::Context(*this)); + } + return *InterpContext.get(); +} + +static const LangASMap *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, + const LangOptions &LOpts) { + if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { + // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each + // language-specific address space. + static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { + 0, // Default + 1, // opencl_global + 3, // opencl_local + 2, // opencl_constant + 0, // opencl_private + 4, // opencl_generic + 5, // cuda_device + 6, // cuda_constant + 7 // cuda_shared + }; + return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; + } else { + return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); + } +} + +static bool isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(const TargetInfo &TI, + const LangOptions &LangOpts) { + switch (LangOpts.getAddressSpaceMapMangling()) { + case LangOptions::ASMM_Target: + return TI.useAddressSpaceMapMangling(); + case LangOptions::ASMM_On: + return true; + case LangOptions::ASMM_Off: + return false; + } + llvm_unreachable("getAddressSpaceMapMangling() doesn't cover anything."); +} + +ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions &LOpts, SourceManager &SM, + IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, + Builtin::Context &builtins) + : ConstantArrayTypes(this_()), FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), + TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), + DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), + SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), + SanitizerBL(new SanitizerBlacklist(LangOpts.SanitizerBlacklistFiles, SM)), + XRayFilter(new XRayFunctionFilter(LangOpts.XRayAlwaysInstrumentFiles, + LangOpts.XRayNeverInstrumentFiles, + LangOpts.XRayAttrListFiles, SM)), + PrintingPolicy(LOpts), Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), + BuiltinInfo(builtins), DeclarationNames(*this), Comments(SM), + CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), + CompCategories(this_()), LastSDM(nullptr, 0) { + TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); + TraversalScope = {TUDecl}; +} + +ASTContext::~ASTContext() { + // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. + // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? + ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); + + // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. + for (auto &Pair : Deallocations) + (Pair.first)(Pair.second); + + // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed + // because they can contain DenseMaps. + for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, + const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator + I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) + // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. + if (auto *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout *>((I++)->second)) + R->Destroy(*this); + + for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator + I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { + // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. + if (auto *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout *>((I++)->second)) + R->Destroy(*this); + } + + for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), + AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); + A != AEnd; ++A) + A->second->~AttrVec(); + + for (std::pair<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue *> &MTVPair : + MaterializedTemporaryValues) + MTVPair.second->~APValue(); + + for (const auto &Value : ModuleInitializers) + Value.second->~PerModuleInitializers(); + + for (APValue *Value : APValueCleanups) + Value->~APValue(); +} + +class ASTContext::ParentMap { + /// Contains parents of a node. + using ParentVector = llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 2>; + + /// Maps from a node to its parents. This is used for nodes that have + /// pointer identity only, which are more common and we can save space by + /// only storing a unique pointer to them. + using ParentMapPointers = llvm::DenseMap< + const void *, + llvm::PointerUnion4<const Decl *, const Stmt *, + ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *, ParentVector *>>; + + /// Parent map for nodes without pointer identity. We store a full + /// DynTypedNode for all keys. + using ParentMapOtherNodes = llvm::DenseMap< + ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, + llvm::PointerUnion4<const Decl *, const Stmt *, + ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *, ParentVector *>>; + + ParentMapPointers PointerParents; + ParentMapOtherNodes OtherParents; + class ASTVisitor; + + static ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode + getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(ParentMapPointers::mapped_type U) { + if (const auto *D = U.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()) + return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*D); + if (const auto *S = U.dyn_cast<const Stmt *>()) + return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*S); + return *U.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>(); + } + + template <typename NodeTy, typename MapTy> + static ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList getDynNodeFromMap(const NodeTy &Node, + const MapTy &Map) { + auto I = Map.find(Node); + if (I == Map.end()) { + return llvm::ArrayRef<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode>(); + } + if (const auto *V = I->second.template dyn_cast<ParentVector *>()) { + return llvm::makeArrayRef(*V); + } + return getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(I->second); + } + +public: + ParentMap(ASTContext &Ctx); + ~ParentMap() { + for (const auto &Entry : PointerParents) { + if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) { + delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>(); + } else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) { + delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>(); + } + } + for (const auto &Entry : OtherParents) { + if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) { + delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>(); + } else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) { + delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>(); + } + } + } + + DynTypedNodeList getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { + if (Node.getNodeKind().hasPointerIdentity()) + return getDynNodeFromMap(Node.getMemoizationData(), PointerParents); + return getDynNodeFromMap(Node, OtherParents); + } +}; + +void ASTContext::setTraversalScope(const std::vector<Decl *> &TopLevelDecls) { + TraversalScope = TopLevelDecls; + Parents.reset(); +} + +void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void *), void *Data) const { + Deallocations.push_back({Callback, Data}); +} + +void +ASTContext::setExternalSource(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalASTSource> Source) { + ExternalSource = std::move(Source); +} + +void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { + llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; + llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; + + unsigned counts[] = { +#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, +#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) +#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" + 0 // Extra + }; + + for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { + Type *T = Types[i]; + counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; + } + + unsigned Idx = 0; + unsigned TotalBytes = 0; +#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ + if (counts[Idx]) \ + llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ + << " types, " << sizeof(Name##Type) << " each " \ + << "(" << counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type) \ + << " bytes)\n"; \ + TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ + ++Idx; +#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) +#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" + + llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; + + // Implicit special member functions. + llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" + << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors + << " implicit default constructors created\n"; + llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" + << NumImplicitCopyConstructors + << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) + llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" + << NumImplicitMoveConstructors + << " implicit move constructors created\n"; + llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" + << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators + << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) + llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" + << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators + << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; + llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" + << NumImplicitDestructors + << " implicit destructors created\n"; + + if (ExternalSource) { + llvm::errs() << "\n"; + ExternalSource->PrintStats(); + } + + BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); +} + +void ASTContext::mergeDefinitionIntoModule(NamedDecl *ND, Module *M, + bool NotifyListeners) { + if (NotifyListeners) + if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) + Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(ND, M); + + MergedDefModules[cast<NamedDecl>(ND->getCanonicalDecl())].push_back(M); +} + +void ASTContext::deduplicateMergedDefinitonsFor(NamedDecl *ND) { + auto It = MergedDefModules.find(cast<NamedDecl>(ND->getCanonicalDecl())); + if (It == MergedDefModules.end()) + return; + + auto &Merged = It->second; + llvm::DenseSet<Module*> Found; + for (Module *&M : Merged) + if (!Found.insert(M).second) + M = nullptr; + Merged.erase(std::remove(Merged.begin(), Merged.end(), nullptr), Merged.end()); +} + +void ASTContext::PerModuleInitializers::resolve(ASTContext &Ctx) { + if (LazyInitializers.empty()) + return; + + auto *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource(); + assert(Source && "lazy initializers but no external source"); + + auto LazyInits = std::move(LazyInitializers); + LazyInitializers.clear(); + + for (auto ID : LazyInits) + Initializers.push_back(Source->GetExternalDecl(ID)); + + assert(LazyInitializers.empty() && + "GetExternalDecl for lazy module initializer added more inits"); +} + +void ASTContext::addModuleInitializer(Module *M, Decl *D) { + // One special case: if we add a module initializer that imports another + // module, and that module's only initializer is an ImportDecl, simplify. + if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D)) { + auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(ID->getImportedModule()); + + // Maybe the ImportDecl does nothing at all. (Common case.) + if (It == ModuleInitializers.end()) + return; + + // Maybe the ImportDecl only imports another ImportDecl. + auto &Imported = *It->second; + if (Imported.Initializers.size() + Imported.LazyInitializers.size() == 1) { + Imported.resolve(*this); + auto *OnlyDecl = Imported.Initializers.front(); + if (isa<ImportDecl>(OnlyDecl)) + D = OnlyDecl; + } + } + + auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M]; + if (!Inits) + Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers; + Inits->Initializers.push_back(D); +} + +void ASTContext::addLazyModuleInitializers(Module *M, ArrayRef<uint32_t> IDs) { + auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M]; + if (!Inits) + Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers; + Inits->LazyInitializers.insert(Inits->LazyInitializers.end(), + IDs.begin(), IDs.end()); +} + +ArrayRef<Decl *> ASTContext::getModuleInitializers(Module *M) { + auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(M); + if (It == ModuleInitializers.end()) + return None; + + auto *Inits = It->second; + Inits->resolve(*this); + return Inits->Initializers; +} + +ExternCContextDecl *ASTContext::getExternCContextDecl() const { + if (!ExternCContext) + ExternCContext = ExternCContextDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl()); + + return ExternCContext; +} + +BuiltinTemplateDecl * +ASTContext::buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BuiltinTemplateKind BTK, + const IdentifierInfo *II) const { + auto *BuiltinTemplate = BuiltinTemplateDecl::Create(*this, TUDecl, II, BTK); + BuiltinTemplate->setImplicit(); + TUDecl->addDecl(BuiltinTemplate); + + return BuiltinTemplate; +} + +BuiltinTemplateDecl * +ASTContext::getMakeIntegerSeqDecl() const { + if (!MakeIntegerSeqDecl) + MakeIntegerSeqDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__make_integer_seq, + getMakeIntegerSeqName()); + return MakeIntegerSeqDecl; +} + +BuiltinTemplateDecl * +ASTContext::getTypePackElementDecl() const { + if (!TypePackElementDecl) + TypePackElementDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__type_pack_element, + getTypePackElementName()); + return TypePackElementDecl; +} + +RecordDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitRecord(StringRef Name, + RecordDecl::TagKind TK) const { + SourceLocation Loc; + RecordDecl *NewDecl; + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) + NewDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, + Loc, &Idents.get(Name)); + else + NewDecl = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc, + &Idents.get(Name)); + NewDecl->setImplicit(); + NewDecl->addAttr(TypeVisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit( + const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), TypeVisibilityAttr::Default)); + return NewDecl; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitTypedef(QualType T, + StringRef Name) const { + TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); + TypedefDecl *NewDecl = TypedefDecl::Create( + const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), getTranslationUnitDecl(), + SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Name), TInfo); + NewDecl->setImplicit(); + return NewDecl; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { + if (!Int128Decl) + Int128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(Int128Ty, "__int128_t"); + return Int128Decl; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { + if (!UInt128Decl) + UInt128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(UnsignedInt128Ty, "__uint128_t"); + return UInt128Decl; +} + +void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { + auto *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); + R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); + Types.push_back(Ty); +} + +void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target, + const TargetInfo *AuxTarget) { + assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && + "Incorrect target reinitialization"); + assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); + + this->Target = &Target; + this->AuxTarget = AuxTarget; + + ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); + AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); + AddrSpaceMapMangling = isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(Target, LangOpts); + + // C99 6.2.5p19. + InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); + + // C99 6.2.5p2. + InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); + // C99 6.2.5p3. + if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) + InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); + else + InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); + // C99 6.2.5p4. + InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); + InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); + InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); + InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); + InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); + + // C99 6.2.5p6. + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); + + // C99 6.2.5p10. + InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); + InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); + InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); + + // GNU extension, __float128 for IEEE quadruple precision + InitBuiltinType(Float128Ty, BuiltinType::Float128); + + // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661-3 + InitBuiltinType(Float16Ty, BuiltinType::Float16); + + // ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169 Extension + InitBuiltinType(ShortAccumTy, BuiltinType::ShortAccum); + InitBuiltinType(AccumTy, BuiltinType::Accum); + InitBuiltinType(LongAccumTy, BuiltinType::LongAccum); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortAccumTy, BuiltinType::UShortAccum); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedAccumTy, BuiltinType::UAccum); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongAccumTy, BuiltinType::ULongAccum); + InitBuiltinType(ShortFractTy, BuiltinType::ShortFract); + InitBuiltinType(FractTy, BuiltinType::Fract); + InitBuiltinType(LongFractTy, BuiltinType::LongFract); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortFractTy, BuiltinType::UShortFract); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedFractTy, BuiltinType::UFract); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongFractTy, BuiltinType::ULongFract); + InitBuiltinType(SatShortAccumTy, BuiltinType::SatShortAccum); + InitBuiltinType(SatAccumTy, BuiltinType::SatAccum); + InitBuiltinType(SatLongAccumTy, BuiltinType::SatLongAccum); + InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedShortAccumTy, BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum); + InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedAccumTy, BuiltinType::SatUAccum); + InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedLongAccumTy, BuiltinType::SatULongAccum); + InitBuiltinType(SatShortFractTy, BuiltinType::SatShortFract); + InitBuiltinType(SatFractTy, BuiltinType::SatFract); + InitBuiltinType(SatLongFractTy, BuiltinType::SatLongFract); + InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedShortFractTy, BuiltinType::SatUShortFract); + InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedFractTy, BuiltinType::SatUFract); + InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedLongFractTy, BuiltinType::SatULongFract); + + // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. + InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); + InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); + + // C++ 3.9.1p5 + if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) + InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); + else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. + InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); + if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) + WideCharTy = WCharTy; + else { + // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). + WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); + } + + WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); + + // C++20 (proposed) + InitBuiltinType(Char8Ty, BuiltinType::Char8); + + if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ + InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); + else // C99 + Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); + + if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ + InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); + else // C99 + Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); + + // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is + // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against + // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to + // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent + // expressions. + InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); + + // Placeholder type for functions. + InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); + + // Placeholder type for bound members. + InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); + + // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. + InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); + + // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. + InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); + + // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. + InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); + + // Placeholder type for builtin functions. + InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); + + // Placeholder type for OMP array sections. + if (LangOpts.OpenMP) + InitBuiltinType(OMPArraySectionTy, BuiltinType::OMPArraySection); + + // C99 6.2.5p11. + FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); + DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); + LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); + Float128ComplexTy = getComplexType(Float128Ty); + + // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. + InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); + InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); + InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); + + if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { +#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ + InitBuiltinType(SingletonId, BuiltinType::Id); +#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" + + InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); + InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); + InitBuiltinType(OCLClkEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); + InitBuiltinType(OCLQueueTy, BuiltinType::OCLQueue); + InitBuiltinType(OCLReserveIDTy, BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); + +#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ + InitBuiltinType(Id##Ty, BuiltinType::Id); +#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" + } + + if (Target.hasAArch64SVETypes()) { +#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ + InitBuiltinType(SingletonId, BuiltinType::Id); +#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" + } + + // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no + ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? + SignedCharTy : BoolTy); + + ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); + + ObjCSuperType = QualType(); + + // void * type + if (LangOpts.OpenCLVersion >= 200) { + auto Q = VoidTy.getQualifiers(); + Q.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_generic); + VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(getCanonicalType( + getQualifiedType(VoidTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Q))); + } else { + VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); + } + + // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) + InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); + + // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 + InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); + + // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. + VaListTagDecl = nullptr; +} + +DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { + return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); +} + +AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { + AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; + if (!Result) { + void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); + Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; + } + + return *Result; +} + +/// Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. +void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { + llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); + if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { + Pos->second->~AttrVec(); + DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); + } +} + +// FIXME: Remove ? +MemberSpecializationInfo * +ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { + assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); + return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var) + .dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>(); +} + +ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo +ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) { + llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo>::iterator Pos = + TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var); + if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end()) + return {}; + + return Pos->second; +} + +void +ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, + TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, + SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { + assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); + assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); + setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo( + Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation)); +} + +void +ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst, + TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) { + assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] && + "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from"); + TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI; +} + +NamedDecl * +ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *UUD) { + auto Pos = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); + if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) + return nullptr; + + return Pos->second; +} + +void +ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { + assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || + isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || + isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && + "pattern decl is not a using decl"); + assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Inst) || + isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Inst) || + isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Inst)) && + "instantiation did not produce a using decl"); + assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); + InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; +} + +UsingShadowDecl * +ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { + llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos + = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); + if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) + return nullptr; + + return Pos->second; +} + +void +ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, + UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { + assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); + InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; +} + +FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { + llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos + = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); + if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) + return nullptr; + + return Pos->second; +} + +void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, + FieldDecl *Tmpl) { + assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); + assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); + assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && + "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); + + InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; +} + +ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator +ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { + return overridden_methods(Method).begin(); +} + +ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator +ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { + return overridden_methods(Method).end(); +} + +unsigned +ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { + auto Range = overridden_methods(Method); + return Range.end() - Range.begin(); +} + +ASTContext::overridden_method_range +ASTContext::overridden_methods(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { + llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos = + OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); + if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) + return overridden_method_range(nullptr, nullptr); + return overridden_method_range(Pos->second.begin(), Pos->second.end()); +} + +void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, + const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { + assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); + OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); +} + +void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( + const NamedDecl *D, + SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { + assert(D); + + if (const auto *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { + Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), + overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); + return; + } + + const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); + if (!Method) + return; + + SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; + Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); + Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); +} + +void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { + assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); + assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); + if (!FirstLocalImport) { + FirstLocalImport = Import; + LastLocalImport = Import; + return; + } + + LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; + LastLocalImport = Import; +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// Type Sizing and Analysis +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified +/// scalar floating point type. +const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { + switch (T->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { + default: + llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); + case BuiltinType::Float16: + case BuiltinType::Half: + return Target->getHalfFormat(); + case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); + case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); + case BuiltinType::LongDouble: + if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) + return AuxTarget->getLongDoubleFormat(); + return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); + case BuiltinType::Float128: + if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) + return AuxTarget->getFloat128Format(); + return Target->getFloat128Format(); + } +} + +CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const { + unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); + + bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; + if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { + Align = AlignFromAttr; + + // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment + // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases + // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. + // + // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can + // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. + if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { + UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || + cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); + } else { + UseAlignAttrOnly = true; + } + } + else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) + UseAlignAttrOnly = + D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || + cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); + + // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything + // else about the declaration and its type. + if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { + // do nothing + } else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { + QualType T = VD->getType(); + if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { + if (ForAlignof) + T = RT->getPointeeType(); + else + T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); + } + QualType BaseT = getBaseElementType(T); + if (T->isFunctionType()) + Align = getTypeInfoImpl(T.getTypePtr()).Align; + else if (!BaseT->isIncompleteType()) { + // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the + // large-array alignment on the target. + if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) { + unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); + if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) { + if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) + Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); + else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && + MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) + Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); + } + } + Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); + if (BaseT.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) + Align = Target->getCharWidth(); + if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { + if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !ForAlignof) { + uint64_t TypeSize = getTypeSize(T.getTypePtr()); + Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign(TypeSize)); + } + } + } + + // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if + // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a + // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate + // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then + // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. + if (const auto *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { + const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent(); + // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid. + if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) { + const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent); + + // Start with the record's overall alignment. + unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); + + // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. + uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex()); + if (Offset > 0) { + // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, + // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. + uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1); + if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign) + FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset); + } + + Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign); + } + } + } + + return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); +} + +// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in +// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is +// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type +// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. +std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> +ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { + std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); + + // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding + // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible + // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { + if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { + const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); + sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); + } + } + + return sizeAndAlign; +} + +/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits +/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. +std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> +static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, + const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { + std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = + Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); + uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); + assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= + (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && + "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); + uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; + unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); + if (!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || + Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) + Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); + return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), + CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); +} + +std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> +ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { + if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) + return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); + TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(T); + return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Width), + toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align)); +} + +std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> +ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { + return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); +} + +bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(const Type *T) const { + return getTypeInfo(T).AlignIsRequired; +} + +bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(QualType T) const { + return isAlignmentRequired(T.getTypePtr()); +} + +unsigned ASTContext::getTypeAlignIfKnown(QualType T) const { + // An alignment on a typedef overrides anything else. + if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) + if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment()) + return Align; + + // If we have an (array of) complete type, we're done. + T = getBaseElementType(T); + if (!T->isIncompleteType()) + return getTypeAlign(T); + + // If we had an array type, its element type might be a typedef + // type with an alignment attribute. + if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) + if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment()) + return Align; + + // Otherwise, see if the declaration of the type had an attribute. + if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) + return TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment(); + + return 0; +} + +TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { + TypeInfoMap::iterator I = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); + if (I != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) + return I->second; + + // This call can invalidate MemoizedTypeInfo[T], so we need a second lookup. + TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfoImpl(T); + MemoizedTypeInfo[T] = TI; + return TI; +} + +/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This +/// method does not work on incomplete types. +/// +/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and +/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this +/// should take a QualType, &c. +TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { + uint64_t Width = 0; + unsigned Align = 8; + bool AlignIsRequired = false; + unsigned AS = 0; + switch (T->getTypeClass()) { +#define TYPE(Class, Base) +#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) +#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) +#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: +#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \ + case Type::Class: \ + assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \ + return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); +#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" + llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); + + case Type::FunctionNoProto: + case Type::FunctionProto: + // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits + Width = 0; + Align = 32; + break; + + case Type::IncompleteArray: + case Type::VariableArray: + Width = 0; + Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); + break; + + case Type::ConstantArray: { + const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); + + TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); + uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); + assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.Width <= (uint64_t)(-1) / Size) && + "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); + Width = EltInfo.Width * Size; + Align = EltInfo.Align; + if (!getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || + getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) + Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); + break; + } + case Type::ExtVector: + case Type::Vector: { + const auto *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); + TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); + Width = EltInfo.Width * VT->getNumElements(); + Align = Width; + // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. + // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. + if (Align & (Align-1)) { + Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); + Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); + } + // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. + uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); + if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) + Align = TargetVectorAlign; + break; + } + + case Type::Builtin: + switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { + default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); + case BuiltinType::Void: + // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. + Width = 0; + Align = 8; + break; + case BuiltinType::Bool: + Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); + Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Char_S: + case BuiltinType::Char_U: + case BuiltinType::UChar: + case BuiltinType::SChar: + case BuiltinType::Char8: + Width = Target->getCharWidth(); + Align = Target->getCharAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::WChar_S: + case BuiltinType::WChar_U: + Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); + Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Char16: + Width = Target->getChar16Width(); + Align = Target->getChar16Align(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Char32: + Width = Target->getChar32Width(); + Align = Target->getChar32Align(); + break; + case BuiltinType::UShort: + case BuiltinType::Short: + Width = Target->getShortWidth(); + Align = Target->getShortAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::UInt: + case BuiltinType::Int: + Width = Target->getIntWidth(); + Align = Target->getIntAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::ULong: + case BuiltinType::Long: + Width = Target->getLongWidth(); + Align = Target->getLongAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::ULongLong: + case BuiltinType::LongLong: + Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); + Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Int128: + case BuiltinType::UInt128: + Width = 128; + Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. + break; + case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: + Width = Target->getShortAccumWidth(); + Align = Target->getShortAccumAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Accum: + case BuiltinType::UAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: + Width = Target->getAccumWidth(); + Align = Target->getAccumAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::LongAccum: + case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: + Width = Target->getLongAccumWidth(); + Align = Target->getLongAccumAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::ShortFract: + case BuiltinType::UShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: + Width = Target->getShortFractWidth(); + Align = Target->getShortFractAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Fract: + case BuiltinType::UFract: + case BuiltinType::SatFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUFract: + Width = Target->getFractWidth(); + Align = Target->getFractAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::LongFract: + case BuiltinType::ULongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: + Width = Target->getLongFractWidth(); + Align = Target->getLongFractAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Float16: + case BuiltinType::Half: + if (Target->hasFloat16Type() || !getLangOpts().OpenMP || + !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { + Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); + Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); + } else { + assert(getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && + "Expected OpenMP device compilation."); + Width = AuxTarget->getHalfWidth(); + Align = AuxTarget->getHalfAlign(); + } + break; + case BuiltinType::Float: + Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); + Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::Double: + Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); + Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); + break; + case BuiltinType::LongDouble: + if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && + (Target->getLongDoubleWidth() != AuxTarget->getLongDoubleWidth() || + Target->getLongDoubleAlign() != AuxTarget->getLongDoubleAlign())) { + Width = AuxTarget->getLongDoubleWidth(); + Align = AuxTarget->getLongDoubleAlign(); + } else { + Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); + Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); + } + break; + case BuiltinType::Float128: + if (Target->hasFloat128Type() || !getLangOpts().OpenMP || + !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { + Width = Target->getFloat128Width(); + Align = Target->getFloat128Align(); + } else { + assert(getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && + "Expected OpenMP device compilation."); + Width = AuxTarget->getFloat128Width(); + Align = AuxTarget->getFloat128Align(); + } + break; + case BuiltinType::NullPtr: + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) + break; + case BuiltinType::ObjCId: + case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: + case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); + break; + case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: + case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: + case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: + case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: + case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: +#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ + case BuiltinType::Id: +#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" +#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ + case BuiltinType::Id: +#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" + AS = getTargetAddressSpace( + Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T))); + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); + break; + // The SVE types are effectively target-specific. The length of an + // SVE_VECTOR_TYPE is only known at runtime, but it is always a multiple + // of 128 bits. There is one predicate bit for each vector byte, so the + // length of an SVE_PREDICATE_TYPE is always a multiple of 16 bits. + // + // Because the length is only known at runtime, we use a dummy value + // of 0 for the static length. The alignment values are those defined + // by the Procedure Call Standard for the Arm Architecture. +#define SVE_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId, ElKind, ElBits, IsSigned, IsFP)\ + case BuiltinType::Id: \ + Width = 0; \ + Align = 128; \ + break; +#define SVE_PREDICATE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId, ElKind) \ + case BuiltinType::Id: \ + Width = 0; \ + Align = 16; \ + break; +#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" + } + break; + case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); + break; + case Type::BlockPointer: + AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); + break; + case Type::LValueReference: + case Type::RValueReference: + // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go + // the pointer route. + AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); + break; + case Type::Pointer: + AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); + break; + case Type::MemberPointer: { + const auto *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); + CXXABI::MemberPointerInfo MPI = ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT); + Width = MPI.Width; + Align = MPI.Align; + break; + } + case Type::Complex: { + // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the + // size. + TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); + Width = EltInfo.Width * 2; + Align = EltInfo.Align; + break; + } + case Type::ObjCObject: + return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); + case Type::Adjusted: + case Type::Decayed: + return getTypeInfo(cast<AdjustedType>(T)->getAdjustedType().getTypePtr()); + case Type::ObjCInterface: { + const auto *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); + const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); + Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); + Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); + break; + } + case Type::Record: + case Type::Enum: { + const auto *TT = cast<TagType>(T); + + if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { + Width = 8; + Align = 8; + break; + } + + if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) { + const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl(); + TypeInfo Info = + getTypeInfo(ED->getIntegerType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); + if (unsigned AttrAlign = ED->getMaxAlignment()) { + Info.Align = AttrAlign; + Info.AlignIsRequired = true; + } + return Info; + } + + const auto *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); + const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); + const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD); + Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); + Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); + AlignIsRequired = RD->hasAttr<AlignedAttr>(); + break; + } + + case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: + return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> + getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); + + case Type::Auto: + case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: { + const auto *A = cast<DeducedType>(T); + assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && + "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); + return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); + } + + case Type::Paren: + return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); + + case Type::MacroQualified: + return getTypeInfo( + cast<MacroQualifiedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); + + case Type::ObjCTypeParam: + return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCTypeParamType>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); + + case Type::Typedef: { + const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); + TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); + // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed + // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that + // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. + if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) { + Align = AttrAlign; + AlignIsRequired = true; + } else { + Align = Info.Align; + AlignIsRequired = Info.AlignIsRequired; + } + Width = Info.Width; + break; + } + + case Type::Elaborated: + return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); + + case Type::Attributed: + return getTypeInfo( + cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); + + case Type::Atomic: { + // Start with the base type information. + TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); + Width = Info.Width; + Align = Info.Align; + + if (!Width) { + // An otherwise zero-sized type should still generate an + // atomic operation. + Width = Target->getCharWidth(); + assert(Align); + } else if (Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { + // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max + // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more + // favorable to atomic operations: + + // Round the size up to a power of 2. + if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) + Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); + + // Set the alignment equal to the size. + Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); + } + } + break; + + case Type::Pipe: + Width = Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global)); + Align = Target->getPointerAlign(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global)); + break; + } + + assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); + return TypeInfo(Width, Align, AlignIsRequired); +} + +unsigned ASTContext::getTypeUnadjustedAlign(const Type *T) const { + UnadjustedAlignMap::iterator I = MemoizedUnadjustedAlign.find(T); + if (I != MemoizedUnadjustedAlign.end()) + return I->second; + + unsigned UnadjustedAlign; + if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { + const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); + const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD); + UnadjustedAlign = toBits(Layout.getUnadjustedAlignment()); + } else if (const auto *ObjCI = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { + const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); + UnadjustedAlign = toBits(Layout.getUnadjustedAlignment()); + } else { + UnadjustedAlign = getTypeAlign(T->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); + } + + MemoizedUnadjustedAlign[T] = UnadjustedAlign; + return UnadjustedAlign; +} + +unsigned ASTContext::getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const { + unsigned SimdAlign = getTargetInfo().getSimdDefaultAlign(); + // Target ppc64 with QPX: simd default alignment for pointer to double is 32. + if ((getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64 || + getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64le) && + getTargetInfo().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx" && + T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) + SimdAlign = 256; + return SimdAlign; +} + +/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. +CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { + return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); +} + +/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. +int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { + return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); +} + +/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. +/// This method does not work on incomplete types. +CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { + return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; +} +CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { + return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; +} + +/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in +/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. +CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { + return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); +} +CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { + return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); +} + +/// getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a +/// type, in characters, before alignment adustments. This method does +/// not work on incomplete types. +CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars(QualType T) const { + return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeUnadjustedAlign(T)); +} +CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { + return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeUnadjustedAlign(T)); +} + +/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified +/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI +/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign +/// a data type. +unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { + TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfo(T); + unsigned ABIAlign = TI.Align; + + T = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); + + // The preferred alignment of member pointers is that of a pointer. + if (T->isMemberPointerType()) + return getPreferredTypeAlign(getPointerDiffType().getTypePtr()); + + if (!Target->allowsLargerPreferedTypeAlignment()) + return ABIAlign; + + // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. + if (const auto *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) + T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); + if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) + T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); + if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || + T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || + T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) + // Don't increase the alignment if an alignment attribute was specified on a + // typedef declaration. + if (!TI.AlignIsRequired) + return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); + + return ABIAlign; +} + +/// getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned - Return the default alignment +/// for __attribute__((aligned)) on this target, to be used if no alignment +/// value is specified. +unsigned ASTContext::getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned() const { + return getTargetInfo().getDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned(); +} + +/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given +/// to a global variable of the specified type. +unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { + uint64_t TypeSize = getTypeSize(T.getTypePtr()); + return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign(TypeSize)); +} + +/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that +/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. +CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { + return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); +} + +CharUnits ASTContext::getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { + CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::Zero(); + const ASTRecordLayout *Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(RD); + while (const CXXRecordDecl *Base = Layout->getBaseSharingVBPtr()) { + Offset += Layout->getBaseClassOffset(Base); + Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(Base); + } + return Offset; +} + +/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - +/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in +/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for +/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class +/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. +void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, + bool leafClass, + SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { + if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) + DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); + if (!leafClass) { + for (const auto *I : OI->ivars()) + Ivars.push_back(I); + } else { + auto *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); + for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; + Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) + Ivars.push_back(Iv); + } +} + +/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and +/// those inherited by it. +void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, + llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { + if (const auto *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { + // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of + // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. + for (auto *Proto : OI->all_referenced_protocols()) { + CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); + } + + // Categories of this Interface. + for (const auto *Cat : OI->visible_categories()) + CollectInheritedProtocols(Cat, Protocols); + + if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) + while (SD) { + CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); + SD = SD->getSuperClass(); + } + } else if (const auto *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { + for (auto *Proto : OC->protocols()) { + CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); + } + } else if (const auto *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { + // Insert the protocol. + if (!Protocols.insert( + const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(OP->getCanonicalDecl())).second) + return; + + for (auto *Proto : OP->protocols()) + CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); + } +} + +static bool unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context, + const RecordDecl *RD) { + assert(RD->isUnion() && "Must be union type"); + CharUnits UnionSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(RD->getTypeForDecl()); + + for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { + if (!Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType())) + return false; + CharUnits FieldSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType()); + if (FieldSize != UnionSize) + return false; + } + return !RD->field_empty(); +} + +static bool isStructEmpty(QualType Ty) { + const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); + + if (!RD->field_empty()) + return false; + + if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) + return ClassDecl->isEmpty(); + + return true; +} + +static llvm::Optional<int64_t> +structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context, + const RecordDecl *RD) { + assert(!RD->isUnion() && "Must be struct/class type"); + const auto &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); + + int64_t CurOffsetInBits = 0; + if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { + if (ClassDecl->isDynamicClass()) + return llvm::None; + + SmallVector<std::pair<QualType, int64_t>, 4> Bases; + for (const auto Base : ClassDecl->bases()) { + // Empty types can be inherited from, and non-empty types can potentially + // have tail padding, so just make sure there isn't an error. + if (!isStructEmpty(Base.getType())) { + llvm::Optional<int64_t> Size = structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations( + Context, Base.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); + if (!Size) + return llvm::None; + Bases.emplace_back(Base.getType(), Size.getValue()); + } + } + + llvm::sort(Bases, [&](const std::pair<QualType, int64_t> &L, + const std::pair<QualType, int64_t> &R) { + return Layout.getBaseClassOffset(L.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) < + Layout.getBaseClassOffset(R.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); + }); + + for (const auto Base : Bases) { + int64_t BaseOffset = Context.toBits( + Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl())); + int64_t BaseSize = Base.second; + if (BaseOffset != CurOffsetInBits) + return llvm::None; + CurOffsetInBits = BaseOffset + BaseSize; + } + } + + for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { + if (!Field->getType()->isReferenceType() && + !Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType())) + return llvm::None; + + int64_t FieldSizeInBits = + Context.toBits(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType())); + if (Field->isBitField()) { + int64_t BitfieldSize = Field->getBitWidthValue(Context); + + if (BitfieldSize > FieldSizeInBits) + return llvm::None; + FieldSizeInBits = BitfieldSize; + } + + int64_t FieldOffsetInBits = Context.getFieldOffset(Field); + + if (FieldOffsetInBits != CurOffsetInBits) + return llvm::None; + + CurOffsetInBits = FieldSizeInBits + FieldOffsetInBits; + } + + return CurOffsetInBits; +} + +bool ASTContext::hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(QualType Ty) const { + // C++17 [meta.unary.prop]: + // The predicate condition for a template specialization + // has_unique_object_representations<T> shall be + // satisfied if and only if: + // (9.1) - T is trivially copyable, and + // (9.2) - any two objects of type T with the same value have the same + // object representation, where two objects + // of array or non-union class type are considered to have the same value + // if their respective sequences of + // direct subobjects have the same values, and two objects of union type + // are considered to have the same + // value if they have the same active member and the corresponding members + // have the same value. + // The set of scalar types for which this condition holds is + // implementation-defined. [ Note: If a type has padding + // bits, the condition does not hold; otherwise, the condition holds true + // for unsigned integral types. -- end note ] + assert(!Ty.isNull() && "Null QualType sent to unique object rep check"); + + // Arrays are unique only if their element type is unique. + if (Ty->isArrayType()) + return hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(getBaseElementType(Ty)); + + // (9.1) - T is trivially copyable... + if (!Ty.isTriviallyCopyableType(*this)) + return false; + + // All integrals and enums are unique. + if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) + return true; + + // All other pointers are unique. + if (Ty->isPointerType()) + return true; + + if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { + const auto *MPT = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); + return !ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT).HasPadding; + } + + if (Ty->isRecordType()) { + const RecordDecl *Record = Ty->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); + + if (Record->isInvalidDecl()) + return false; + + if (Record->isUnion()) + return unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record); + + Optional<int64_t> StructSize = + structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record); + + return StructSize && + StructSize.getValue() == static_cast<int64_t>(getTypeSize(Ty)); + } + + // FIXME: More cases to handle here (list by rsmith): + // vectors (careful about, eg, vector of 3 foo) + // _Complex int and friends + // _Atomic T + // Obj-C block pointers + // Obj-C object pointers + // and perhaps OpenCL's various builtin types (pipe, sampler_t, event_t, + // clk_event_t, queue_t, reserve_id_t) + // There're also Obj-C class types and the Obj-C selector type, but I think it + // makes sense for those to return false here. + + return false; +} + +unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { + unsigned count = 0; + // Count ivars declared in class extension. + for (const auto *Ext : OI->known_extensions()) + count += Ext->ivar_size(); + + // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This + // includes synthesized ivars. + if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) + count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); + + return count; +} + +bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { + if (!E) + return false; + + // nullptr_t is always treated as null. + if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; + + if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && + E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, + Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) + return true; + + // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. + if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; + + return false; +} + +/// Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl, or nullptr if none +/// exists. +ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { + llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator + I = ObjCImpls.find(D); + if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) + return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); + return nullptr; +} + +/// Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or nullptr if none +/// exists. +ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { + llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator + I = ObjCImpls.find(D); + if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) + return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); + return nullptr; +} + +/// Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. +void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, + ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { + assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); + ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; +} + +/// Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. +void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, + ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { + assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); + ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; +} + +const ObjCMethodDecl * +ASTContext::getObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) const { + return ObjCMethodRedecls.lookup(MD); +} + +void ASTContext::setObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, + const ObjCMethodDecl *Redecl) { + assert(!getObjCMethodRedeclaration(MD) && "MD already has a redeclaration"); + ObjCMethodRedecls[MD] = Redecl; +} + +const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( + const NamedDecl *ND) const { + if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) + return ID; + if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) + return CD->getClassInterface(); + if (const auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) + return IMD->getClassInterface(); + + return nullptr; +} + +/// Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl, or nullptr if +/// none exists. +ASTContext::BlockVarCopyInit +ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInit(const VarDecl*VD) const { + assert(VD && "Passed null params"); + assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && + "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); + auto I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); + if (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) + return I->second; + return {nullptr, false}; +} + +/// Set the copy initialization expression of a block var decl. +void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInit(const VarDecl*VD, Expr *CopyExpr, + bool CanThrow) { + assert(VD && CopyExpr && "Passed null params"); + assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && + "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); + BlockVarCopyInits[VD].setExprAndFlag(CopyExpr, CanThrow); +} + +TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, + unsigned DataSize) const { + if (!DataSize) + DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); + else + assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && + "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); + + auto *TInfo = + (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); + new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); + return TInfo; +} + +TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, + SourceLocation L) const { + TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); + DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); + return DI; +} + +const ASTRecordLayout & +ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { + return getObjCLayout(D, nullptr); +} + +const ASTRecordLayout & +ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( + const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { + return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// Type creation/memoization methods +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +QualType +ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { + unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); + quals.removeFastQualifiers(); + + // Check if we've already instantiated this type. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); + void *insertPos = nullptr; + if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { + assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); + return QualType(eq, fastQuals); + } + + // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. + QualType canon; + if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { + SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); + canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); + canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); + + // Re-find the insert position. + (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); + } + + auto *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); + ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); + return QualType(eq, fastQuals); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, + LangAS AddressSpace) const { + QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); + if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) + return T; + + // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together + // into one ExtQuals node. + QualifierCollector Quals; + const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); + + // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get + // another one. + assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && + "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); + Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); + + return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); +} + +QualType ASTContext::removeAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T) const { + // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together + // into one ExtQuals node. + QualifierCollector Quals; + const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); + + // If the qualifier doesn't have an address space just return it. + if (!Quals.hasAddressSpace()) + return T; + + Quals.removeAddressSpace(); + + // Removal of the address space can mean there are no longer any + // non-fast qualifiers, so creating an ExtQualType isn't possible (asserts) + // or required. + if (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()) + return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); + else + return QualType(TypeNode, Quals.getFastQualifiers()); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, + Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { + QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); + if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) + return T; + + if (const auto *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { + QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); + if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { + QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); + return getPointerType(ResultType); + } + } + + // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together + // into one ExtQuals node. + QualifierCollector Quals; + const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); + + // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get + // another one. + assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && + "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); + Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); + + return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); +} + +const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, + FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { + if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) + return T; + + QualType Result; + if (const auto *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { + Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getReturnType(), Info); + } else { + const auto *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); + EPI.ExtInfo = Info; + Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); + } + + return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); +} + +void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, + QualType ResultType) { + FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); + while (true) { + const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); + FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); + if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) + FD = Next; + else + break; + } + if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) + L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); +} + +/// Get a function type and produce the equivalent function type with the +/// specified exception specification. Type sugar that can be present on a +/// declaration of a function with an exception specification is permitted +/// and preserved. Other type sugar (for instance, typedefs) is not. +QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec( + QualType Orig, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { + // Might have some parens. + if (const auto *PT = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Orig)) + return getParenType( + getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(PT->getInnerType(), ESI)); + + // Might be wrapped in a macro qualified type. + if (const auto *MQT = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Orig)) + return getMacroQualifiedType( + getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(MQT->getUnderlyingType(), ESI), + MQT->getMacroIdentifier()); + + // Might have a calling-convention attribute. + if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Orig)) + return getAttributedType( + AT->getAttrKind(), + getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(AT->getModifiedType(), ESI), + getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(AT->getEquivalentType(), ESI)); + + // Anything else must be a function type. Rebuild it with the new exception + // specification. + const auto *Proto = Orig->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); + return getFunctionType( + Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(), + Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(ESI)); +} + +bool ASTContext::hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(QualType T, + QualType U) { + return hasSameType(T, U) || + (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && + hasSameType(getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(T, EST_None), + getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(U, EST_None))); +} + +void ASTContext::adjustExceptionSpec( + FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, + bool AsWritten) { + // Update the type. + QualType Updated = + getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(FD->getType(), ESI); + FD->setType(Updated); + + if (!AsWritten) + return; + + // Update the type in the type source information too. + if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()) { + // If the type and the type-as-written differ, we may need to update + // the type-as-written too. + if (TSInfo->getType() != FD->getType()) + Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(TSInfo->getType(), ESI); + + // FIXME: When we get proper type location information for exceptions, + // we'll also have to rebuild the TypeSourceInfo. For now, we just patch + // up the TypeSourceInfo; + assert(TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(Updated) == + TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(TSInfo->getType()) && + "TypeLoc size mismatch from updating exception specification"); + TSInfo->overrideType(Updated); + } +} + +/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex +/// number with the specified element type. +QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { + // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(CT, 0); + + // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, + // so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!T.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); + Types.push_back(New); + ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to +/// the specified type. +QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { + // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + PointerType::Profile(ID, T); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(PT, 0); + + // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, + // so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!T.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); + Types.push_back(New); + PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedType(QualType Orig, QualType New) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + AdjustedType::Profile(ID, Orig, New); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (AT) + return QualType(AT, 0); + + QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(New); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); + + AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + AdjustedType(Type::Adjusted, Orig, New, Canonical); + Types.push_back(AT); + AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); + return QualType(AT, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const { + assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay"); + + QualType Decayed; + + // C99 6.7.5.3p7: + // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be + // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type + // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of + // the array type derivation. + if (T->isArrayType()) + Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T); + + // C99 6.7.5.3p8: + // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" + // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as + // in 6.3.2.1. + if (T->isFunctionType()) + Decayed = getPointerType(T); + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + AdjustedType::Profile(ID, T, Decayed); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (AT) + return QualType(AT, 0); + + QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); + + AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical); + Types.push_back(AT); + AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); + return QualType(AT, 0); +} + +/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for +/// a pointer to the specified block. +QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { + assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); + // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (BlockPointerType *PT = + BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(PT, 0); + + // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical + // type either so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!T.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + BlockPointerType *NewIP = + BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); + Types.push_back(New); + BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an +/// lvalue reference to the specified type. +QualType +ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { + assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && + "Unresolved overloaded function type"); + + // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (LValueReferenceType *RT = + LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(RT, 0); + + const auto *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); + + // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type + // either, so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { + QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); + Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + LValueReferenceType *NewIP = + LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, + SpelledAsLValue); + Types.push_back(New); + LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an +/// rvalue reference to the specified type. +QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { + // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (RValueReferenceType *RT = + RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(RT, 0); + + const auto *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); + + // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type + // either, so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { + QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); + Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + RValueReferenceType *NewIP = + RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); + Types.push_back(New); + RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a +/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. +QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { + // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (MemberPointerType *PT = + MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(PT, 0); + + // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical + // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { + Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + MemberPointerType *NewIP = + MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); + Types.push_back(New); + MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an +/// array of the specified element type. +QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, + const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, + const Expr *SizeExpr, + ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, + unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { + assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || + EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && + "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); + + // We only need the size as part of the type if it's instantiation-dependent. + if (SizeExpr && !SizeExpr->isInstantiationDependent()) + SizeExpr = nullptr; + + // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for + // the target. + llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); + ArySize = ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getMaxPointerWidth()); + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, EltTy, ArySize, SizeExpr, ASM, + IndexTypeQuals); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = + ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(ATP, 0); + + // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, or the array bound + // is instantiation-dependent, this won't be a canonical type either, so fill + // in the canonical type field. + QualType Canon; + if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers() || SizeExpr) { + SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); + Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, nullptr, + ASM, IndexTypeQuals); + Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + ConstantArrayType *NewIP = + ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + + void *Mem = Allocate( + ConstantArrayType::totalSizeToAlloc<const Expr *>(SizeExpr ? 1 : 0), + TypeAlignment); + auto *New = new (Mem) + ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, SizeExpr, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); + ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + Types.push_back(New); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be +/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known +/// sizes replaced with [*]. +QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { + // Vastly most common case. + if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; + + QualType result; + + SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); + const Type *ty = split.Ty; + switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { +#define TYPE(Class, Base) +#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) +#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: +#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" + llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); + + // These types should never be variably-modified. + case Type::Builtin: + case Type::Complex: + case Type::Vector: + case Type::DependentVector: + case Type::ExtVector: + case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: + case Type::DependentAddressSpace: + case Type::ObjCObject: + case Type::ObjCInterface: + case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: + case Type::Record: + case Type::Enum: + case Type::UnresolvedUsing: + case Type::TypeOfExpr: + case Type::TypeOf: + case Type::Decltype: + case Type::UnaryTransform: + case Type::DependentName: + case Type::InjectedClassName: + case Type::TemplateSpecialization: + case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: + case Type::TemplateTypeParm: + case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: + case Type::Auto: + case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: + case Type::PackExpansion: + llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); + + // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to + // further decay. + case Type::FunctionNoProto: + case Type::FunctionProto: + case Type::BlockPointer: + case Type::MemberPointer: + case Type::Pipe: + return type; + + // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications + // preserve structure except as noted by comments. + // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op + // optimizations available here. + case Type::Pointer: + result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( + cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); + break; + + case Type::LValueReference: { + const auto *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); + result = getLValueReferenceType( + getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), + lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); + break; + } + + case Type::RValueReference: { + const auto *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); + result = getRValueReferenceType( + getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); + break; + } + + case Type::Atomic: { + const auto *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); + result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); + break; + } + + case Type::ConstantArray: { + const auto *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); + result = getConstantArrayType( + getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), + cat->getSize(), + cat->getSizeExpr(), + cat->getSizeModifier(), + cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); + break; + } + + case Type::DependentSizedArray: { + const auto *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); + result = getDependentSizedArrayType( + getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), + dat->getSizeExpr(), + dat->getSizeModifier(), + dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), + dat->getBracketsRange()); + break; + } + + // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. + case Type::IncompleteArray: { + const auto *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); + result = getVariableArrayType( + getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), + /*size*/ nullptr, + ArrayType::Normal, + iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), + SourceRange()); + break; + } + + // Turn VLA types into [*] types. + case Type::VariableArray: { + const auto *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); + result = getVariableArrayType( + getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), + /*size*/ nullptr, + ArrayType::Star, + vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), + vat->getBracketsRange()); + break; + } + } + + // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. + return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); +} + +/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a +/// variable array of the specified element type. +QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, + Expr *NumElts, + ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, + unsigned IndexTypeQuals, + SourceRange Brackets) const { + // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's + // that have an expression provided for their size. + QualType Canon; + + // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. + if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { + SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); + Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, + IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); + Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); + } + + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); + + VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); + Types.push_back(New); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to +/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element +/// type. +QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, + Expr *numElements, + ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, + unsigned elementTypeQuals, + SourceRange brackets) const { + assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || + numElements->isValueDependent()) && + "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); + + // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number + // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent + // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay + // because they can't be used in most locations. + if (!numElements) { + auto *newType + = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), + numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, + brackets); + Types.push_back(newType); + return QualType(newType, 0); + } + + // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we + // also build a canonical type. + + SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); + + void *insertPos = nullptr; + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, + QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), + ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); + + // Look for an existing type with these properties. + DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = + DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); + + // If we don't have one, build one. + if (!canonTy) { + canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), + QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, + brackets); + DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); + Types.push_back(canonTy); + } + + // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. + QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), + canonElementType.Quals); + + // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type or the size + // expression, then just use that as our result. + if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType && + canonTy->getSizeExpr() == numElements) + return canon; + + // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling + // of the element type. + auto *sugaredType + = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, + ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); + Types.push_back(sugaredType); + return QualType(sugaredType, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, + ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, + unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); + + void *insertPos = nullptr; + if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = + IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) + return QualType(iat, 0); + + // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type + // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull + // qualifiers off the element type. + QualType canon; + + if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { + SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); + canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), + ASM, elementTypeQuals); + canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + IncompleteArrayType *existing = + IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); + assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; + } + + auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); + + IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); + Types.push_back(newType); + return QualType(newType, 0); +} + +/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of +/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. +QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, + VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { + assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); + + // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(VTP, 0); + + // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, + // so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); + VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + Types.push_back(New); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getDependentVectorType(QualType VecType, Expr *SizeExpr, + SourceLocation AttrLoc, + VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(VecType), SizeExpr, + VecKind); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentVectorType *Canon = + DependentVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + DependentVectorType *New; + + if (Canon) { + New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentVectorType( + *this, VecType, QualType(Canon, 0), SizeExpr, AttrLoc, VecKind); + } else { + QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(VecType); + if (CanonVecTy == VecType) { + New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentVectorType( + *this, VecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, AttrLoc, VecKind); + + DependentVectorType *CanonCheck = + DependentVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!CanonCheck && + "Dependent-sized vector_size canonical type broken"); + (void)CanonCheck; + DependentVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + } else { + QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, + SourceLocation()); + New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentVectorType( + *this, VecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc, VecKind); + } + } + + Types.push_back(New); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of +/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. +QualType +ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { + assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); + + // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, + VectorType::GenericVector); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(VTP, 0); + + // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, + // so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); + VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + Types.push_back(New); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, + Expr *SizeExpr, + SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), + SizeExpr); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon + = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; + if (Canon) { + // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as + // the canonical type for a newly-built type. + New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), + SizeExpr, AttrLoc); + } else { + QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); + if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { + New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, + AttrLoc); + + DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck + = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); + (void)CanonCheck; + DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + } else { + QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, + SourceLocation()); + New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); + } + } + + Types.push_back(New); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getDependentAddressSpaceType(QualType PointeeType, + Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, + SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { + assert(AddrSpaceExpr->isInstantiationDependent()); + + QualType canonPointeeType = getCanonicalType(PointeeType); + + void *insertPos = nullptr; + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentAddressSpaceType::Profile(ID, *this, canonPointeeType, + AddrSpaceExpr); + + DependentAddressSpaceType *canonTy = + DependentAddressSpaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); + + if (!canonTy) { + canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, canonPointeeType, + QualType(), AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc); + DependentAddressSpaceTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); + Types.push_back(canonTy); + } + + if (canonPointeeType == PointeeType && + canonTy->getAddrSpaceExpr() == AddrSpaceExpr) + return QualType(canonTy, 0); + + auto *sugaredType + = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, PointeeType, QualType(canonTy, 0), + AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc); + Types.push_back(sugaredType); + return QualType(sugaredType, 0); +} + +/// Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. +static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { + return T.isCanonical() && + (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || + T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); +} + +/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. +QualType +ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, + const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { + // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = + FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(FT, 0); + + QualType Canonical; + if (!isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy)) { + Canonical = + getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy), Info); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = + FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info); + Types.push_back(New); + FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +CanQualType +ASTContext::getCanonicalFunctionResultType(QualType ResultType) const { + CanQualType CanResultType = getCanonicalType(ResultType); + + // Canonical result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. + if (CanResultType.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { + Qualifiers Qs = CanResultType.getQualifiers(); + Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); + return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe( + getQualifiedType(CanResultType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs)); + } + + return CanResultType; +} + +static bool isCanonicalExceptionSpecification( + const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, bool NoexceptInType) { + if (ESI.Type == EST_None) + return true; + if (!NoexceptInType) + return false; + + // C++17 onwards: exception specification is part of the type, as a simple + // boolean "can this function type throw". + if (ESI.Type == EST_BasicNoexcept) + return true; + + // A noexcept(expr) specification is (possibly) canonical if expr is + // value-dependent. + if (ESI.Type == EST_DependentNoexcept) + return true; + + // A dynamic exception specification is canonical if it only contains pack + // expansions (so we can't tell whether it's non-throwing) and all its + // contained types are canonical. + if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { + bool AnyPackExpansions = false; + for (QualType ET : ESI.Exceptions) { + if (!ET.isCanonical()) + return false; + if (ET->getAs<PackExpansionType>()) + AnyPackExpansions = true; + } + return AnyPackExpansions; + } + + return false; +} + +QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeInternal( + QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, + const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI, bool OnlyWantCanonical) const { + size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); + + // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, + *this, true); + + QualType Canonical; + bool Unique = false; + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (FunctionProtoType *FPT = + FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) { + QualType Existing = QualType(FPT, 0); + + // If we find a pre-existing equivalent FunctionProtoType, we can just reuse + // it so long as our exception specification doesn't contain a dependent + // noexcept expression, or we're just looking for a canonical type. + // Otherwise, we're going to need to create a type + // sugar node to hold the concrete expression. + if (OnlyWantCanonical || !isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) || + EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr == FPT->getNoexceptExpr()) + return Existing; + + // We need a new type sugar node for this one, to hold the new noexcept + // expression. We do no canonicalization here, but that's OK since we don't + // expect to see the same noexcept expression much more than once. + Canonical = getCanonicalType(Existing); + Unique = true; + } + + bool NoexceptInType = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; + bool IsCanonicalExceptionSpec = + isCanonicalExceptionSpecification(EPI.ExceptionSpec, NoexceptInType); + + // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. + bool isCanonical = !Unique && IsCanonicalExceptionSpec && + isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; + for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) + if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) + isCanonical = false; + + if (OnlyWantCanonical) + assert(isCanonical && + "given non-canonical parameters constructing canonical type"); + + // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it if we don't + // already have it. The exception spec is only partially part of the + // canonical type, and only in C++17 onwards. + if (!isCanonical && Canonical.isNull()) { + SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; + CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); + for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) + CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); + + llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage; + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; + CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; + + if (IsCanonicalExceptionSpec) { + // Exception spec is already OK. + } else if (NoexceptInType) { + switch (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) { + case EST_Unparsed: case EST_Unevaluated: case EST_Uninstantiated: + // We don't know yet. It shouldn't matter what we pick here; no-one + // should ever look at this. + LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; + case EST_None: case EST_MSAny: case EST_NoexceptFalse: + CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; + break; + + // A dynamic exception specification is almost always "not noexcept", + // with the exception that a pack expansion might expand to no types. + case EST_Dynamic: { + bool AnyPacks = false; + for (QualType ET : EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions) { + if (ET->getAs<PackExpansionType>()) + AnyPacks = true; + ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(getCanonicalType(ET)); + } + if (!AnyPacks) + CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; + else { + CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; + CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; + } + break; + } + + case EST_DynamicNone: + case EST_BasicNoexcept: + case EST_NoexceptTrue: + case EST_NoThrow: + CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept; + break; + + case EST_DependentNoexcept: + llvm_unreachable("dependent noexcept is already canonical"); + } + } else { + CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec = FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); + } + + // Adjust the canonical function result type. + CanQualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy); + Canonical = + getFunctionTypeInternal(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI, true); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + FunctionProtoType *NewIP = + FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + + // Compute the needed size to hold this FunctionProtoType and the + // various trailing objects. + auto ESH = FunctionProtoType::getExceptionSpecSize( + EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type, EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions.size()); + size_t Size = FunctionProtoType::totalSizeToAlloc< + QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, + FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *, + FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers>( + NumArgs, FunctionProtoType::hasExtraBitfields(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type), + ESH.NumExceptionType, ESH.NumExprPtr, ESH.NumFunctionDeclPtr, + EPI.ExtParameterInfos ? NumArgs : 0, + EPI.TypeQuals.hasNonFastQualifiers() ? 1 : 0); + + auto *FTP = (FunctionProtoType *)Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; + new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); + Types.push_back(FTP); + if (!Unique) + FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); + return QualType(FTP, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getPipeType(QualType T, bool ReadOnly) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + PipeType::Profile(ID, T, ReadOnly); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (PipeType *PT = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(PT, 0); + + // If the pipe element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type + // either, so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!T.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getPipeType(getCanonicalType(T), ReadOnly); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + PipeType *NewIP = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); + (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PipeType(T, Canonical, ReadOnly); + Types.push_back(New); + PipeTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::adjustStringLiteralBaseType(QualType Ty) const { + // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space. + return LangOpts.OpenCL ? getAddrSpaceQualType(Ty, LangAS::opencl_constant) + : Ty; +} + +QualType ASTContext::getReadPipeType(QualType T) const { + return getPipeType(T, true); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getWritePipeType(QualType T) const { + return getPipeType(T, false); +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { + if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; + const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); + if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) + return true; + if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && + !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) + return true; + return false; +} +#endif + +/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the +/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. +QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, + QualType TST) const { + assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); + if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { + assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); + } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { + assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); + Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; + assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); + } else { + Type *newType = + new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); + Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; + Types.push_back(newType); + } + return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); +} + +/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the +/// specified type declaration. +QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { + assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); + assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); + + if (const auto *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) + return getTypedefType(Typedef); + + assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && + "Template type parameter types are always available."); + + if (const auto *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { + assert(Record->isFirstDecl() && "struct/union has previous declaration"); + assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); + return getRecordType(Record); + } else if (const auto *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { + assert(Enum->isFirstDecl() && "enum has previous declaration"); + return getEnumType(Enum); + } else if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { + Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); + Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; + Types.push_back(newType); + } else + llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); + + return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); +} + +/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the +/// specified typedef name decl. +QualType +ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, + QualType Canonical) const { + if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); + + if (Canonical.isNull()) + Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); + auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); + Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; + Types.push_back(newType); + return QualType(newType, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { + if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); + + if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) + if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) + return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); + + auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); + Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; + Types.push_back(newType); + return QualType(newType, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { + if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); + + if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) + if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) + return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); + + auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); + Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; + Types.push_back(newType); + return QualType(newType, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(attr::Kind attrKind, + QualType modifiedType, + QualType equivalentType) { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; + AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); + + void *insertPos = nullptr; + AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); + if (type) return QualType(type, 0); + + QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); + type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); + + Types.push_back(type); + AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); + + return QualType(type, 0); +} + +/// Retrieve a substitution-result type. +QualType +ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, + QualType Replacement) const { + assert(Replacement.isCanonical() + && "replacement types must always be canonical"); + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm + = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + + if (!SubstParm) { + SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); + Types.push_back(SubstParm); + SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); + } + + return QualType(SubstParm, 0); +} + +/// Retrieve a +QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( + const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, + const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { +#ifndef NDEBUG + for (const auto &P : ArgPack.pack_elements()) { + assert(P.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); + assert(P.getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); + } +#endif + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm + = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(SubstParm, 0); + + QualType Canon; + if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { + Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); + Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), + ArgPack); + SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + } + + auto *SubstParm + = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, + ArgPack); + Types.push_back(SubstParm); + SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); + return QualType(SubstParm, 0); +} + +/// Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template +/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) +/// name. +QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, + bool ParameterPack, + TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm + = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + + if (TypeParm) + return QualType(TypeParm, 0); + + if (TTPDecl) { + QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); + TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); + + TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck + = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); + (void)TypeCheck; + } else + TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); + + Types.push_back(TypeParm); + TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); + + return QualType(TypeParm, 0); +} + +TypeSourceInfo * +ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, + SourceLocation NameLoc, + const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, + QualType Underlying) const { + assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && + "No dependent template names here!"); + QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); + + TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); + TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = + DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); + TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); + TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); + TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); + TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); + for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) + TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); + return DI; +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, + const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, + QualType Underlying) const { + assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && + "No dependent template names here!"); + + SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; + ArgVec.reserve(Args.size()); + for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg : Args.arguments()) + ArgVec.push_back(Arg.getArgument()); + + return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec, Underlying); +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) { + for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args) + if (Arg.isPackExpansion()) + return true; + + return true; +} +#endif + +QualType +ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, + ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, + QualType Underlying) const { + assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && + "No dependent template names here!"); + // Look through qualified template names. + if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) + Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); + + bool IsTypeAlias = + Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && + isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); + QualType CanonType; + if (!Underlying.isNull()) + CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); + else { + // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains + // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. + assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args)) && + "Caller must compute aliased type"); + IsTypeAlias = false; + CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args); + } + + // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't + // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that + // we don't unique and don't want to lose. + void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * Args.size() + + (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), + TypeAlignment); + auto *Spec + = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, CanonType, + IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); + + Types.push_back(Spec); + return QualType(Spec, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType( + TemplateName Template, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) const { + assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && + "No dependent template names here!"); + + // Look through qualified template names. + if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) + Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); + + // Build the canonical template specialization type. + TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); + SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; + unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); + CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); + for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args) + CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Arg)); + + // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already + // exists. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, + CanonArgs, *this); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + TemplateSpecializationType *Spec + = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + + if (!Spec) { + // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. + void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), + TypeAlignment); + Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, + CanonArgs, + QualType(), QualType()); + Types.push_back(Spec); + TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); + } + + assert(Spec->isDependentType() && + "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); + return QualType(Spec, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, + NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, + QualType NamedType, + TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType, OwnedTagDecl); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (T) + return QualType(T, 0); + + QualType Canon = NamedType; + if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { + Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); + ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); + (void)CheckT; + } + + void *Mem = Allocate(ElaboratedType::totalSizeToAlloc<TagDecl *>(!!OwnedTagDecl), + TypeAlignment); + T = new (Mem) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon, OwnedTagDecl); + + Types.push_back(T); + ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); + return QualType(T, 0); +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (T) + return QualType(T, 0); + + QualType Canon = InnerType; + if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { + Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); + ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); + (void)CheckT; + } + + T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); + Types.push_back(T); + ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); + return QualType(T, 0); +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getMacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, + const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) const { + QualType Canon = UnderlyingTy; + if (!Canon.isCanonical()) + Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingTy); + + auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + MacroQualifiedType(UnderlyingTy, Canon, MacroII); + Types.push_back(newType); + return QualType(newType, 0); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, + NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, + const IdentifierInfo *Name, + QualType Canon) const { + if (Canon.isNull()) { + NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); + if (CanonNNS != NNS) + Canon = getDependentNameType(Keyword, CanonNNS, Name); + } + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentNameType *T + = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (T) + return QualType(T, 0); + + T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); + Types.push_back(T); + DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); + return QualType(T, 0); +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( + ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, + NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, + const IdentifierInfo *Name, + const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { + // TODO: avoid this copy + SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; + for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) + ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); + return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, ArgCopy); +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( + ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, + NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, + const IdentifierInfo *Name, + ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) const { + assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && + "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, + Name, Args); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T + = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (T) + return QualType(T, 0); + + NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); + + ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; + if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; + + bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; + unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); + SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); + for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { + CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); + if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) + AnyNonCanonArgs = true; + } + + QualType Canon; + if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { + Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, + Name, + CanonArgs); + + // Find the insert position again. + DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + } + + void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), + TypeAlignment); + T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, + Name, Args, Canon); + Types.push_back(T); + DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); + return QualType(T, 0); +} + +TemplateArgument ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArg(NamedDecl *Param) { + TemplateArgument Arg; + if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) { + QualType ArgType = getTypeDeclType(TTP); + if (TTP->isParameterPack()) + ArgType = getPackExpansionType(ArgType, None); + + Arg = TemplateArgument(ArgType); + } else if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) { + Expr *E = new (*this) DeclRefExpr( + *this, NTTP, /*enclosing*/ false, + NTTP->getType().getNonLValueExprType(*this), + Expr::getValueKindForType(NTTP->getType()), NTTP->getLocation()); + + if (NTTP->isParameterPack()) + E = new (*this) PackExpansionExpr(DependentTy, E, NTTP->getLocation(), + None); + Arg = TemplateArgument(E); + } else { + auto *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param); + if (TTP->isParameterPack()) + Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP), Optional<unsigned>()); + else + Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP)); + } + + if (Param->isTemplateParameterPack()) + Arg = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(*this, Arg); + + return Arg; +} + +void +ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArgs(const TemplateParameterList *Params, + SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Args) { + Args.reserve(Args.size() + Params->size()); + + for (NamedDecl *Param : *Params) + Args.push_back(getInjectedTemplateArg(Param)); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, + Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); + + // A deduced type can deduce to a pack, eg + // auto ...x = some_pack; + // That declaration isn't (yet) valid, but is created as part of building an + // init-capture pack: + // [...x = some_pack] {} + assert((Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || + Pattern->getContainedDeducedType()) && + "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + PackExpansionType *T + = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (T) + return QualType(T, 0); + + QualType Canon; + if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { + Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); + // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it + // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its + // parameters. + if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { + Canon = getPackExpansionType(Canon, NumExpansions); + + // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into + // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. + PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + } + } + + T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); + Types.push_back(T); + PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); + return QualType(T, 0); +} + +/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols +/// alphabetically. +static int CmpProtocolNames(ObjCProtocolDecl *const *LHS, + ObjCProtocolDecl *const *RHS) { + return DeclarationName::compare((*LHS)->getDeclName(), (*RHS)->getDeclName()); +} + +static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols) { + if (Protocols.empty()) return true; + + if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) + return false; + + for (unsigned i = 1; i != Protocols.size(); ++i) + if (CmpProtocolNames(&Protocols[i - 1], &Protocols[i]) >= 0 || + Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) + return false; + return true; +} + +static void +SortAndUniqueProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &Protocols) { + // Sort protocols, keyed by name. + llvm::array_pod_sort(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end(), CmpProtocolNames); + + // Canonicalize. + for (ObjCProtocolDecl *&P : Protocols) + P = P->getCanonicalDecl(); + + // Remove duplicates. + auto ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end()); + Protocols.erase(ProtocolsEnd, Protocols.end()); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, + ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, + unsigned NumProtocols) const { + return getObjCObjectType(BaseType, {}, + llvm::makeArrayRef(Protocols, NumProtocols), + /*isKindOf=*/false); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType( + QualType baseType, + ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, + ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, + bool isKindOf) const { + // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols or + // type arguments to add, then the interface type will do just fine. + if (typeArgs.empty() && protocols.empty() && !isKindOf && + isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(baseType)) + return baseType; + + // Look in the folding set for an existing type. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(QT, 0); + + // Determine the type arguments to be used for canonicalization, + // which may be explicitly specified here or written on the base + // type. + ArrayRef<QualType> effectiveTypeArgs = typeArgs; + if (effectiveTypeArgs.empty()) { + if (const auto *baseObject = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) + effectiveTypeArgs = baseObject->getTypeArgs(); + } + + // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and a + // sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols and the type arguments + // canonicalized. + QualType canonical; + bool typeArgsAreCanonical = std::all_of(effectiveTypeArgs.begin(), + effectiveTypeArgs.end(), + [&](QualType type) { + return type.isCanonical(); + }); + bool protocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(protocols); + if (!typeArgsAreCanonical || !protocolsSorted || !baseType.isCanonical()) { + // Determine the canonical type arguments. + ArrayRef<QualType> canonTypeArgs; + SmallVector<QualType, 4> canonTypeArgsVec; + if (!typeArgsAreCanonical) { + canonTypeArgsVec.reserve(effectiveTypeArgs.size()); + for (auto typeArg : effectiveTypeArgs) + canonTypeArgsVec.push_back(getCanonicalType(typeArg)); + canonTypeArgs = canonTypeArgsVec; + } else { + canonTypeArgs = effectiveTypeArgs; + } + + ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> canonProtocols; + SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> canonProtocolsVec; + if (!protocolsSorted) { + canonProtocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end()); + SortAndUniqueProtocols(canonProtocolsVec); + canonProtocols = canonProtocolsVec; + } else { + canonProtocols = protocols; + } + + canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(baseType), canonTypeArgs, + canonProtocols, isKindOf); + + // Regenerate InsertPos. + ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + } + + unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); + size += typeArgs.size() * sizeof(QualType); + size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); + void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment); + auto *T = + new (mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(canonical, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, + isKindOf); + + Types.push_back(T); + ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); + return QualType(T, 0); +} + +/// Apply Objective-C protocol qualifiers to the given type. +/// If this is for the canonical type of a type parameter, we can apply +/// protocol qualifiers on the ObjCObjectPointerType. +QualType +ASTContext::applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(QualType type, + ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, bool &hasError, + bool allowOnPointerType) const { + hasError = false; + + if (const auto *objT = dyn_cast<ObjCTypeParamType>(type.getTypePtr())) { + return getObjCTypeParamType(objT->getDecl(), protocols); + } + + // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectPointerType. + if (allowOnPointerType) { + if (const auto *objPtr = + dyn_cast<ObjCObjectPointerType>(type.getTypePtr())) { + const ObjCObjectType *objT = objPtr->getObjectType(); + // Merge protocol lists and construct ObjCObjectType. + SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> protocolsVec; + protocolsVec.append(objT->qual_begin(), + objT->qual_end()); + protocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end()); + ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols = protocolsVec; + type = getObjCObjectType( + objT->getBaseType(), + objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(), + protocols, + objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten()); + return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); + } + } + + // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectType. + if (const auto *objT = dyn_cast<ObjCObjectType>(type.getTypePtr())){ + // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already + // known to conform. + + return getObjCObjectType(objT->getBaseType(), + objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(), + protocols, + objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten()); + } + + // If the canonical type is ObjCObjectType, ... + if (type->isObjCObjectType()) { + // Silently overwrite any existing protocol qualifiers. + // TODO: determine whether that's the right thing to do. + + // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already + // known to conform. + return getObjCObjectType(type, {}, protocols, false); + } + + // id<protocol-list> + if (type->isObjCIdType()) { + const auto *objPtr = type->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, protocols, + objPtr->isKindOfType()); + return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); + } + + // Class<protocol-list> + if (type->isObjCClassType()) { + const auto *objPtr = type->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, protocols, + objPtr->isKindOfType()); + return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); + } + + hasError = true; + return type; +} + +QualType +ASTContext::getObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, + ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) const { + // Look in the folding set for an existing type. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ObjCTypeParamType::Profile(ID, Decl, protocols); + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (ObjCTypeParamType *TypeParam = + ObjCTypeParamTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(TypeParam, 0); + + // We canonicalize to the underlying type. + QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); + if (!protocols.empty()) { + // Apply the protocol qualifers. + bool hasError; + Canonical = getCanonicalType(applyObjCProtocolQualifiers( + Canonical, protocols, hasError, true /*allowOnPointerType*/)); + assert(!hasError && "Error when apply protocol qualifier to bound type"); + } + + unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCTypeParamType); + size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); + void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment); + auto *newType = new (mem) ObjCTypeParamType(Decl, Canonical, protocols); + + Types.push_back(newType); + ObjCTypeParamTypes.InsertNode(newType, InsertPos); + return QualType(newType, 0); +} + +/// ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols - Checks that protocols in IC's +/// protocol list adopt all protocols in QT's qualified-id protocol +/// list. +bool ASTContext::ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols(QualType QT, + ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC) { + if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) + return false; + + if (const auto *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { + // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. + for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { + if (!IC->ClassImplementsProtocol(Proto, false)) + return false; + } + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/// QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols - Checks that protocols in +/// QT's qualified-id protocol list adopt all protocols in IDecl's list +/// of protocols. +bool ASTContext::QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols(QualType QT, + ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl) { + if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) + return false; + const auto *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + if (!OPT) + return false; + if (!IDecl->hasDefinition()) + return false; + llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocols; + CollectInheritedProtocols(IDecl, InheritedProtocols); + if (InheritedProtocols.empty()) + return false; + // Check that if every protocol in list of id<plist> conforms to a protocol + // of IDecl's, then bridge casting is ok. + bool Conforms = false; + for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { + Conforms = false; + for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) { + if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(Proto, PI)) { + Conforms = true; + break; + } + } + if (!Conforms) + break; + } + if (Conforms) + return true; + + for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) { + // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. + bool Adopts = false; + for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { + // return 'true' if 'PI' is in the inheritance hierarchy of Proto + if ((Adopts = ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(PI, Proto))) + break; + } + if (!Adopts) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for +/// the given object type. +QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = + ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(QT, 0); + + // Find the canonical object type. + QualType Canonical; + if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); + + // Regenerate InsertPos. + ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + } + + // No match. + void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); + auto *QType = + new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); + + Types.push_back(QType); + ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); + return QualType(QType, 0); +} + +/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the +/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. +QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, + ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { + if (Decl->TypeForDecl) + return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); + + if (PrevDecl) { + assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); + Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; + return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); + } + + // Prefer the definition, if there is one. + if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) + Decl = Def; + + void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); + auto *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); + Decl->TypeForDecl = T; + Types.push_back(T); + return QualType(T, 0); +} + +/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique +/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, +/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different +/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates +/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). +QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { + TypeOfExprType *toe; + if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon + = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (Canon) { + // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent + // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. + toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, + QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); + } else { + // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. + Canon + = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); + DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); + toe = Canon; + } + } else { + QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); + toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); + } + Types.push_back(toe); + return QualType(toe, 0); +} + +/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique +/// TypeOfType nodes. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be +/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be +/// an issue. This doesn't affect the type checker, since it operates +/// on canonical types (which are always unique). +QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { + QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); + auto *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); + Types.push_back(tot); + return QualType(tot, 0); +} + +/// Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique DecltypeType +/// nodes. This would never be helpful, since each such type has its own +/// expression, and would not give a significant memory saving, since there +/// is an Expr tree under each such type. +QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { + DecltypeType *dt; + + // C++11 [temp.type]p2: + // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a + // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same + // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). + if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentDecltypeType *Canon + = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (!Canon) { + // Build a new, canonical decltype(expr) type. + Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); + DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); + } + dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, QualType((DecltypeType *)Canon, 0)); + } else { + dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); + } + Types.push_back(dt); + return QualType(dt, 0); +} + +/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory +/// savings are minimal and these are rare. +QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, + QualType UnderlyingType, + UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) + const { + UnaryTransformType *ut = nullptr; + + if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { + // Look in the folding set for an existing type. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentUnaryTransformType::Profile(ID, getCanonicalType(BaseType), Kind); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentUnaryTransformType *Canon + = DependentUnaryTransformTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + + if (!Canon) { + // Build a new, canonical __underlying_type(type) type. + Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DependentUnaryTransformType(*this, getCanonicalType(BaseType), + Kind); + DependentUnaryTransformTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); + } + ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, + QualType(), Kind, + QualType(Canon, 0)); + } else { + QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType); + ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, + UnderlyingType, Kind, + CanonType); + } + Types.push_back(ut); + return QualType(ut, 0); +} + +/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been +/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the +/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. +QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, + bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) const { + assert((!IsPack || IsDependent) && "only use IsPack for a dependent pack"); + if (DeducedType.isNull() && Keyword == AutoTypeKeyword::Auto && !IsDependent) + return getAutoDeductType(); + + // Look in the folding set for an existing type. + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent, IsPack); + if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(AT, 0); + + auto *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + AutoType(DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent, IsPack); + Types.push_back(AT); + if (InsertPos) + AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); + return QualType(AT, 0); +} + +/// Return the uniqued reference to the deduced template specialization type +/// which has been deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced +/// such type, or the canonical deduced-but-dependent such type. +QualType ASTContext::getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType( + TemplateName Template, QualType DeducedType, bool IsDependent) const { + // Look in the folding set for an existing type. + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DeducedTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, Template, DeducedType, + IsDependent); + if (DeducedTemplateSpecializationType *DTST = + DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(DTST, 0); + + auto *DTST = new (*this, TypeAlignment) + DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(Template, DeducedType, IsDependent); + Types.push_back(DTST); + if (InsertPos) + DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(DTST, InsertPos); + return QualType(DTST, 0); +} + +/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for +/// the given value type. +QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { + // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular + // structure. + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) + return QualType(AT, 0); + + // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type + // either, so fill in the canonical type field. + QualType Canonical; + if (!T.isCanonical()) { + Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); + + // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. + AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; + } + auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); + Types.push_back(New); + AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); + return QualType(New, 0); +} + +/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. +QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { + if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) + AutoDeductTy = QualType( + new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::Auto, + /*dependent*/false, /*pack*/false), + 0); + return AutoDeductTy; +} + +/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. +QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { + if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) + AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); + assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); + return AutoRRefDeductTy; +} + +/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the +/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. +QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { + assert(Decl); + // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting + // away const? mutable? + return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); +} + +/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result +/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and +/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. +CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); +} + +/// Return the unique signed counterpart of the integer type +/// corresponding to size_t. +CanQualType ASTContext::getSignedSizeType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getSignedSizeType()); +} + +/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). +CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); +} + +/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). +CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); +} + +/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". +/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. +QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { + // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? + return WCharTy; +} + +/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". +/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. +QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { + // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? + return UnsignedIntTy; +} + +QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { + return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); +} + +/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) +/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). +QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); +} + +/// Return the unique unsigned counterpart of "ptrdiff_t" +/// integer type. The standard (C11 7.21.6.1p7) refers to this type +/// in the definition of %tu format specifier. +QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedPointerDiffType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getUnsignedPtrDiffType(0)); +} + +/// Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in +/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). +QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { + return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// Type Operators +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { + // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining + // qualifiers. + T = getCanonicalType(T); + T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); + const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); + QualType Result; + if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { + Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); + } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { + Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); + } else { + Result = QualType(Ty, 0); + } + + return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, + Qualifiers &quals) { + SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); + + // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to + // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. + // We then have to strip that sugar back off with + // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. + const auto *AT = + dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); + + // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. + if (!AT) { + quals = splitType.Quals; + return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); + } + + // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. + QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); + QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); + + // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we + // can just use the results in splitType. + if (elementType == unqualElementType) { + assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call + quals = splitType.Quals; + return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); + } + + // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then + // build the type back up. + quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); + + if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { + return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), + CAT->getSizeExpr(), CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); + } + + if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { + return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); + } + + if (const auto *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { + return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, + VAT->getSizeExpr(), + VAT->getSizeModifier(), + VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), + VAT->getBracketsRange()); + } + + const auto *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); + return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), + DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, + SourceRange()); +} + +/// Attempt to unwrap two types that may both be array types with the same bound +/// (or both be array types of unknown bound) for the purpose of comparing the +/// cv-decomposition of two types per C++ [conv.qual]. +bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarArrayTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { + bool UnwrappedAny = false; + while (true) { + auto *AT1 = getAsArrayType(T1); + if (!AT1) return UnwrappedAny; + + auto *AT2 = getAsArrayType(T2); + if (!AT2) return UnwrappedAny; + + // If we don't have two array types with the same constant bound nor two + // incomplete array types, we've unwrapped everything we can. + if (auto *CAT1 = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT1)) { + auto *CAT2 = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT2); + if (!CAT2 || CAT1->getSize() != CAT2->getSize()) + return UnwrappedAny; + } else if (!isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT1) || + !isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT2)) { + return UnwrappedAny; + } + + T1 = AT1->getElementType(); + T2 = AT2->getElementType(); + UnwrappedAny = true; + } +} + +/// Attempt to unwrap two types that may be similar (C++ [conv.qual]). +/// +/// If T1 and T2 are both pointer types of the same kind, or both array types +/// with the same bound, unwraps layers from T1 and T2 until a pointer type is +/// unwrapped. Top-level qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. +/// +/// This function will typically be called in a loop that successively +/// "unwraps" pointer and pointer-to-member types to compare them at each +/// level. +/// +/// \return \c true if a pointer type was unwrapped, \c false if we reached a +/// pair of types that can't be unwrapped further. +bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { + UnwrapSimilarArrayTypes(T1, T2); + + const auto *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(); + const auto *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); + if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { + T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); + T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); + return true; + } + + const auto *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); + const auto *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); + if (T1MPType && T2MPType && + hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), + QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { + T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); + T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); + return true; + } + + if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { + const auto *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + const auto *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { + T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); + T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); + return true; + } + } + + // FIXME: Block pointers, too? + + return false; +} + +bool ASTContext::hasSimilarType(QualType T1, QualType T2) { + while (true) { + Qualifiers Quals; + T1 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, Quals); + T2 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, Quals); + if (hasSameType(T1, T2)) + return true; + if (!UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) + return false; + } +} + +bool ASTContext::hasCvrSimilarType(QualType T1, QualType T2) { + while (true) { + Qualifiers Quals1, Quals2; + T1 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, Quals1); + T2 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, Quals2); + + Quals1.removeCVRQualifiers(); + Quals2.removeCVRQualifiers(); + if (Quals1 != Quals2) + return false; + + if (hasSameType(T1, T2)) + return true; + + if (!UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) + return false; + } +} + +DeclarationNameInfo +ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, + SourceLocation NameLoc) const { + switch (Name.getKind()) { + case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: + case TemplateName::Template: + // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? + return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), + NameLoc); + + case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { + OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); + // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? + return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); + } + + case TemplateName::AssumedTemplate: { + AssumedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsAssumedTemplateName(); + return DeclarationNameInfo(Storage->getDeclName(), NameLoc); + } + + case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { + DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); + DeclarationName DName; + if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { + DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); + return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); + } else { + DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); + // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? + DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; + DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); + DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); + return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); + } + } + + case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { + SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst + = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); + return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), + NameLoc); + } + + case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { + SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst + = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); + return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), + NameLoc); + } + } + + llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); +} + +TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { + switch (Name.getKind()) { + case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: + case TemplateName::Template: { + TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); + if (auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) + Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); + + // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. + return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); + } + + case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: + case TemplateName::AssumedTemplate: + llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize unresolved template"); + + case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { + DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); + assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); + return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; + } + + case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { + SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst + = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); + return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); + } + + case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { + SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst + = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); + TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter + = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); + TemplateArgument canonArgPack + = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); + return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); + } + } + + llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); +} + +bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { + X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); + Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); + return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); +} + +TemplateArgument +ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { + switch (Arg.getKind()) { + case TemplateArgument::Null: + return Arg; + + case TemplateArgument::Expression: + return Arg; + + case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { + auto *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); + return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.getParamTypeForDecl()); + } + + case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: + return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), + /*isNullPtr*/true); + + case TemplateArgument::Template: + return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); + + case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: + return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( + Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), + Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); + + case TemplateArgument::Integral: + return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); + + case TemplateArgument::Type: + return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); + + case TemplateArgument::Pack: { + if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) + return Arg; + + auto *CanonArgs = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; + unsigned Idx = 0; + for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), + AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); + A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) + CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); + + return TemplateArgument(llvm::makeArrayRef(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size())); + } + } + + // Silence GCC warning + llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); +} + +NestedNameSpecifier * +ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { + if (!NNS) + return nullptr; + + switch (NNS->getKind()) { + case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: + // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. + return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, + getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), + NNS->getAsIdentifier()); + + case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: + // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with + // this namespace and no prefix. + return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, + NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); + + case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: + // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with + // this namespace and no prefix. + return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, + NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() + ->getOriginalNamespace()); + + case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: + case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { + QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); + + // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), + // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those + // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize + // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name + // types, e.g., + // typedef typename T::type T1; + // typedef typename T1::type T2; + if (const auto *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) + return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), + const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); + + // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. + // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the + // first place? + return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, false, + const_cast<Type *>(T.getTypePtr())); + } + + case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: + case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: + // The global specifier and __super specifer are canonical and unique. + return NNS; + } + + llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); +} + +const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { + // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. + if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { + // Handle the common positive case fast. + if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) + return AT; + } + + // Handle the common negative case fast. + if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) + return nullptr; + + // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This + // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes + // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." + + // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have + // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type + // we must propagate them down into the element type. + + SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); + Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; + + // If we have a simple case, just return now. + const auto *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); + if (!ATy || qs.empty()) + return ATy; + + // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the + // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. + QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); + + if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) + return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), + CAT->getSizeExpr(), + CAT->getSizeModifier(), + CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); + if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) + return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, + IAT->getSizeModifier(), + IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); + + if (const auto *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) + return cast<ArrayType>( + getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, + DSAT->getSizeExpr(), + DSAT->getSizeModifier(), + DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), + DSAT->getBracketsRange())); + + const auto *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); + return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, + VAT->getSizeExpr(), + VAT->getSizeModifier(), + VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), + VAT->getBracketsRange())); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { + if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) + return getDecayedType(T); + return T; +} + +QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { + T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); + T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); + return T.getUnqualifiedType(); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getExceptionObjectType(QualType T) const { + // C++ [except.throw]p3: + // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception + // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level + // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting + // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T" + // or "pointer to function returning T", [...] + T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); + if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) + T = getDecayedType(T); + return T.getUnqualifiedType(); +} + +/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the +/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when +/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, +/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. +/// +/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. +QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { + // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any + // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation + // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present + // (C99 6.7.3p8). + const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); + assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); + + QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); + + // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict + QualType Result = getQualifiedType(PtrTy, + PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); + + // int x[_Nullable] -> int * _Nullable + if (auto Nullability = Ty->getNullability(*this)) { + Result = const_cast<ASTContext *>(this)->getAttributedType( + AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), Result, Result); + } + return Result; +} + +QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { + return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { + Qualifiers qs; + while (true) { + SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); + const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); + if (!array) break; + + type = array->getElementType(); + qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); + } + + return getQualifiedType(type, qs); +} + +/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. +uint64_t +ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { + uint64_t ElementCount = 1; + do { + ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); + CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( + CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); + } while (CA); + return ElementCount; +} + +/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. +/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. +static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { + if (const auto *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) + return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); + + switch (T->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { + default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); + case BuiltinType::Float16: return Float16Rank; + case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; + case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; + case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; + case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; + case BuiltinType::Float128: return Float128Rank; + } +} + +/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating +/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). +/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. +/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. +QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, + QualType Domain) const { + FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); + if (Domain->isComplexType()) { + switch (EltRank) { + case Float16Rank: + case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); + case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; + case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; + case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; + case Float128Rank: return Float128ComplexTy; + } + } + + assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); + switch (EltRank) { + case Float16Rank: return HalfTy; + case HalfRank: return HalfTy; + case FloatRank: return FloatTy; + case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; + case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; + case Float128Rank: return Float128Ty; + } + llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); +} + +/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating +/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == +/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If +/// LHS < RHS, return -1. +int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { + FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); + FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); + + if (LHSR == RHSR) + return 0; + if (LHSR > RHSR) + return 1; + return -1; +} + +int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeSemanticOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { + if (&getFloatTypeSemantics(LHS) == &getFloatTypeSemantics(RHS)) + return 0; + return getFloatingTypeOrder(LHS, RHS); +} + +/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This +/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, +/// or if it is not canonicalized. +unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { + assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); + + switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { + default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); + case BuiltinType::Bool: + return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); + case BuiltinType::Char_S: + case BuiltinType::Char_U: + case BuiltinType::SChar: + case BuiltinType::UChar: + return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); + case BuiltinType::Short: + case BuiltinType::UShort: + return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); + case BuiltinType::Int: + case BuiltinType::UInt: + return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); + case BuiltinType::Long: + case BuiltinType::ULong: + return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); + case BuiltinType::LongLong: + case BuiltinType::ULongLong: + return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); + case BuiltinType::Int128: + case BuiltinType::UInt128: + return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); + } +} + +/// Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according +/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). +/// +/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no +/// promotion occurs. +QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { + if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) + return {}; + + // C++ [conv.prom]p5: + // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other + // value of that type for promotion purposes. + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isEnumeralType()) + return {}; + + // FIXME: We should not do this unless E->refersToBitField() is true. This + // matters in C where getSourceBitField() will find bit-fields for various + // cases where the source expression is not a bit-field designator. + + FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? + if (!Field) + return {}; + + QualType FT = Field->getType(); + + uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); + uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); + // C++ [conv.prom]p5: + // A prvalue for an integral bit-field can be converted to a prvalue of type + // int if int can represent all the values of the bit-field; otherwise, it + // can be converted to unsigned int if unsigned int can represent all the + // values of the bit-field. If the bit-field is larger yet, no integral + // promotion applies to it. + // C11 6.3.1.1/2: + // [For a bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int:] + // If an int can represent all values of the original type (as restricted by + // the width, for a bit-field), the value is converted to an int; otherwise, + // it is converted to an unsigned int. + // + // FIXME: C does not permit promotion of a 'long : 3' bitfield to int. + // We perform that promotion here to match GCC and C++. + // FIXME: C does not permit promotion of an enum bit-field whose rank is + // greater than that of 'int'. We perform that promotion to match GCC. + if (BitWidth < IntSize) + return IntTy; + + if (BitWidth == IntSize) + return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; + + // Bit-fields wider than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act + // like the base type. GCC has some weird bugs in this area that we + // deliberately do not follow (GCC follows a pre-standard resolution to + // C's DR315 which treats bit-width as being part of the type, and this leaks + // into their semantics in some cases). + return {}; +} + +/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will +/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable +/// integer type. +QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { + assert(!Promotable.isNull()); + assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); + if (const auto *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) + return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); + + if (const auto *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { + // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t + // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following + // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: + // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or + // unsigned long long int [...] + // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? + if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || + BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || + BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char8 || + BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || + BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { + bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; + uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); + QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, + LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; + for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { + uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); + if (FromSize < ToSize || + (FromSize == ToSize && + FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) + return PromoteTypes[Idx]; + } + llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); + } + } + + // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. + if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) + return IntTy; + uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); + uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); + assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); + return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; +} + +/// Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable +/// type and returns its ownership. +Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { + while (!T.isNull()) { + if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) + return T.getObjCLifetime(); + if (T->isArrayType()) + T = getBaseElementType(T); + else if (const auto *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) + T = PT->getPointeeType(); + else if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) + T = RT->getPointeeType(); + else + break; + } + + return Qualifiers::OCL_None; +} + +static const Type *getIntegerTypeForEnum(const EnumType *ET) { + // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. + // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. + if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped()) + return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); + return nullptr; +} + +/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: +/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If +/// LHS < RHS, return -1. +int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { + const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); + const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); + + // Unwrap enums to their underlying type. + if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(LHSC)) + LHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); + if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(RHSC)) + RHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); + + if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; + + bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); + bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); + + unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); + unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); + + if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. + if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; + return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; + } + + // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. + if (LHSUnsigned) { + // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. + if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) + return 1; + + // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it + // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are + // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. + return -1; + } + + // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. + if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) + return -1; + + // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it + // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are + // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. + return 1; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringDecl() const { + if (CFConstantStringTypeDecl) + return CFConstantStringTypeDecl; + + assert(!CFConstantStringTagDecl && + "tag and typedef should be initialized together"); + CFConstantStringTagDecl = buildImplicitRecord("__NSConstantString_tag"); + CFConstantStringTagDecl->startDefinition(); + + struct { + QualType Type; + const char *Name; + } Fields[5]; + unsigned Count = 0; + + /// Objective-C ABI + /// + /// typedef struct __NSConstantString_tag { + /// const int *isa; + /// int flags; + /// const char *str; + /// long length; + /// } __NSConstantString; + /// + /// Swift ABI (4.1, 4.2) + /// + /// typedef struct __NSConstantString_tag { + /// uintptr_t _cfisa; + /// uintptr_t _swift_rc; + /// _Atomic(uint64_t) _cfinfoa; + /// const char *_ptr; + /// uint32_t _length; + /// } __NSConstantString; + /// + /// Swift ABI (5.0) + /// + /// typedef struct __NSConstantString_tag { + /// uintptr_t _cfisa; + /// uintptr_t _swift_rc; + /// _Atomic(uint64_t) _cfinfoa; + /// const char *_ptr; + /// uintptr_t _length; + /// } __NSConstantString; + + const auto CFRuntime = getLangOpts().CFRuntime; + if (static_cast<unsigned>(CFRuntime) < + static_cast<unsigned>(LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift)) { + Fields[Count++] = { getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()), "isa" }; + Fields[Count++] = { IntTy, "flags" }; + Fields[Count++] = { getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()), "str" }; + Fields[Count++] = { LongTy, "length" }; + } else { + Fields[Count++] = { getUIntPtrType(), "_cfisa" }; + Fields[Count++] = { getUIntPtrType(), "_swift_rc" }; + Fields[Count++] = { getFromTargetType(Target->getUInt64Type()), "_swift_rc" }; + Fields[Count++] = { getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()), "_ptr" }; + if (CFRuntime == LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_1 || + CFRuntime == LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_2) + Fields[Count++] = { IntTy, "_ptr" }; + else + Fields[Count++] = { getUIntPtrType(), "_ptr" }; + } + + // Create fields + for (unsigned i = 0; i < Count; ++i) { + FieldDecl *Field = + FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTagDecl, SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Fields[i].Name), + Fields[i].Type, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + CFConstantStringTagDecl->addDecl(Field); + } + + CFConstantStringTagDecl->completeDefinition(); + // This type is designed to be compatible with NSConstantString, but cannot + // use the same name, since NSConstantString is an interface. + auto tagType = getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTagDecl); + CFConstantStringTypeDecl = + buildImplicitTypedef(tagType, "__NSConstantString"); + + return CFConstantStringTypeDecl; +} + +RecordDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringTagDecl() const { + if (!CFConstantStringTagDecl) + getCFConstantStringDecl(); // Build the tag and the typedef. + return CFConstantStringTagDecl; +} + +// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. +QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { + return getTypedefType(getCFConstantStringDecl()); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { + if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { + RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = buildImplicitRecord("objc_super"); + TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); + ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); + } + return ObjCSuperType; +} + +void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { + const auto *TD = T->castAs<TypedefType>(); + CFConstantStringTypeDecl = cast<TypedefDecl>(TD->getDecl()); + const auto *TagType = + CFConstantStringTypeDecl->getUnderlyingType()->castAs<RecordType>(); + CFConstantStringTagDecl = TagType->getDecl(); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { + if (BlockDescriptorType) + return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); + + RecordDecl *RD; + // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. + RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor"); + RD->startDefinition(); + + QualType FieldTypes[] = { + UnsignedLongTy, + UnsignedLongTy, + }; + + static const char *const FieldNames[] = { + "reserved", + "Size" + }; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { + FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( + *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), + &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + RD->addDecl(Field); + } + + RD->completeDefinition(); + + BlockDescriptorType = RD; + + return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { + if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) + return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); + + RecordDecl *RD; + // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. + RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"); + RD->startDefinition(); + + QualType FieldTypes[] = { + UnsignedLongTy, + UnsignedLongTy, + getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), + getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) + }; + + static const char *const FieldNames[] = { + "reserved", + "Size", + "CopyFuncPtr", + "DestroyFuncPtr" + }; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { + FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( + *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), + &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, + /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + RD->addDecl(Field); + } + + RD->completeDefinition(); + + BlockDescriptorExtendedType = RD; + return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); +} + +TargetInfo::OpenCLTypeKind ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeKind(const Type *T) const { + const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T); + + if (!BT) { + if (isa<PipeType>(T)) + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Pipe; + + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default; + } + + switch (BT->getKind()) { +#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ + case BuiltinType::Id: \ + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Image; +#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" + + case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ClkEvent; + + case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Event; + + case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Queue; + + case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ReserveID; + + case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Sampler; + + default: + return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default; + } +} + +LangAS ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(const Type *T) const { + return Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T)); +} + +/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" +/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic +/// in buildByrefHelpers. +bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, + const VarDecl *D) { + if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { + const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInit(D).getCopyExpr(); + if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; + + return true; + } + + // The block needs copy/destroy helpers if Ty is non-trivial to destructively + // move or destroy. + if (Ty.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() || Ty.isDestructedType()) + return true; + + if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; + + Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); + + // If we have lifetime, that dominates. + if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { + switch (lifetime) { + case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); + + // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. + case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: + case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: + return false; + + // These cases should have been taken care of when checking the type's + // non-triviality. + case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: + case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: + llvm_unreachable("impossible"); + } + llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); + } + return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || + Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); +} + +bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, + Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, + bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { + if (!getLangOpts().ObjC || + getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) + return false; + + HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; + if (Ty->isRecordType()) { + HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; + LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; + } else if ((LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime())) { + // Honor the ARC qualifiers. + } else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { + // The MRR rule. + LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; + } else { + LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; + } + return true; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { + if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) + ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = + buildImplicitTypedef(getObjCIdType(), "instancetype"); + return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; +} + +// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: +// typedef <type> BOOL; +static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { + if (const auto *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) + if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) + return II->isStr("BOOL"); + + return false; +} + +/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding +/// purpose. +CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { + if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) + return CharUnits::Zero(); + + CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); + + // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int + if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) + sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); + // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. + else if (type->isArrayType()) + sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); + return sz; +} + +bool ASTContext::isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(const VarDecl *VD) const { + return getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && + VD->isStaticDataMember() && + VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && + !VD->getFirstDecl()->isOutOfLine() && VD->getFirstDecl()->hasInit(); +} + +ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind +ASTContext::getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(const VarDecl *VD) const { + if (!VD->isInline()) + return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None; + + // In almost all cases, it's a weak definition. + auto *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); + if (First->isInlineSpecified() || !First->isStaticDataMember()) + return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak; + + // If there's a file-context declaration in this translation unit, it's a + // non-discardable definition. + for (auto *D : VD->redecls()) + if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext() && + !D->isInlineSpecified() && (D->isConstexpr() || First->isConstexpr())) + return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong; + + // If we've not seen one yet, we don't know. + return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown; +} + +static std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { + return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); +} + +/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block +/// declaration. +std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { + std::string S; + + const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); + QualType BlockTy = + Expr->getType()->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); + QualType BlockReturnTy = BlockTy->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); + // Encode result type. + if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) + getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, BlockReturnTy, S, + true /*Extended*/); + else + getObjCEncodingForType(BlockReturnTy, S); + // Compute size of all parameters. + // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. + // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! + CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); + CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; + for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) { + QualType PType = PI->getType(); + CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); + if (sz.isZero()) + continue; + assert(sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); + ParmOffset += sz; + } + // Size of the argument frame + S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); + // Block pointer and offset. + S += "@?0"; + + // Argument types. + ParmOffset = PtrSize; + for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) { + QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); + if (const auto *AT = + dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { + // Use array's original type only if it has known number of + // elements. + if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) + PType = PVDecl->getType(); + } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) + PType = PVDecl->getType(); + if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) + getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, + S, true /*Extended*/); + else + getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); + S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); + ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); + } + + return S; +} + +std::string +ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl) const { + std::string S; + // Encode result type. + getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getReturnType(), S); + CharUnits ParmOffset; + // Compute size of all parameters. + for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) { + QualType PType = PI->getType(); + CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); + if (sz.isZero()) + continue; + + assert(sz.isPositive() && + "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); + ParmOffset += sz; + } + S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); + ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); + + // Argument types. + for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) { + QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); + if (const auto *AT = + dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { + // Use array's original type only if it has known number of + // elements. + if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) + PType = PVDecl->getType(); + } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) + PType = PVDecl->getType(); + getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); + S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); + ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); + } + + return S; +} + +/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single +/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and +/// block object types. +void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, + QualType T, std::string& S, + bool Extended) const { + // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. + getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); + // Encode parameter type. + ObjCEncOptions Options = ObjCEncOptions() + .setExpandPointedToStructures() + .setExpandStructures() + .setIsOutermostType(); + if (Extended) + Options.setEncodeBlockParameters().setEncodeClassNames(); + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, Options, /*Field=*/nullptr); +} + +/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method +/// declaration. +std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, + bool Extended) const { + // FIXME: This is not very efficient. + // Encode return type. + std::string S; + getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), + Decl->getReturnType(), S, Extended); + // Compute size of all parameters. + // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. + // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! + CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); + // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for + // their size. + CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; + for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), + E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { + QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); + CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); + if (sz.isZero()) + continue; + + assert(sz.isPositive() && + "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); + ParmOffset += sz; + } + S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); + S += "@0:"; + S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); + + // Argument types. + ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; + for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), + E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { + const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; + QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); + if (const auto *AT = + dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { + // Use array's original type only if it has known number of + // elements. + if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) + PType = PVDecl->getType(); + } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) + PType = PVDecl->getType(); + getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), + PType, S, Extended); + S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); + ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); + } + + return S; +} + +ObjCPropertyImplDecl * +ASTContext::getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl( + const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, + const Decl *Container) const { + if (!Container) + return nullptr; + if (const auto *CID = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { + for (auto *PID : CID->property_impls()) + if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) + return PID; + } else { + const auto *OID = cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); + for (auto *PID : OID->property_impls()) + if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) + return PID; + } + return nullptr; +} + +/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this +/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an +/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be +/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. +/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple +/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The +/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are +/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types +/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode +/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: +/// @code +/// enum PropertyAttributes { +/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. +/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned +/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned +/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic +/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name +/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name +/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name +/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. +/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property +/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able +/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic +/// }; +/// @endcode +std::string +ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, + const Decl *Container) const { + // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). + bool Dynamic = false; + ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = nullptr; + + if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropertyImpDecl = + getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(PD, Container)) { + if (PropertyImpDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) + Dynamic = true; + else + SynthesizePID = PropertyImpDecl; + } + + // FIXME: This is not very efficient. + std::string S = "T"; + + // Encode result type. + // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which + // closely resembles encoding of ivars. + getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(PD->getType(), S); + + if (PD->isReadOnly()) { + S += ",R"; + if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) + S += ",C"; + if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) + S += ",&"; + if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) + S += ",W"; + } else { + switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { + case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; + case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; + case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; + case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; + } + } + + // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties + // are "dynamic by default". + if (Dynamic) + S += ",D"; + + if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) + S += ",N"; + + if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { + S += ",G"; + S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); + } + + if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { + S += ",S"; + S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); + } + + if (SynthesizePID) { + const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); + S += ",V"; + S += OID->getNameAsString(); + } + + // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong + return S; +} + +/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - +/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as +/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use +/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! +void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { + if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { + if (const auto *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { + if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) + PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; + else + if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) + PointeeTy = IntTy; + } + } +} + +void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, + const FieldDecl *Field, + QualType *NotEncodedT) const { + // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are + // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that + // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the + // same type. + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, + ObjCEncOptions() + .setExpandPointedToStructures() + .setExpandStructures() + .setIsOutermostType(), + Field, NotEncodedT); +} + +void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(QualType T, + std::string& S) const { + // Encode result type. + // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which + // closely resembles encoding of ivars. + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, + ObjCEncOptions() + .setExpandPointedToStructures() + .setExpandStructures() + .setIsOutermostType() + .setEncodingProperty(), + /*Field=*/nullptr); +} + +static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveType(const ASTContext *C, + const BuiltinType *BT) { + BuiltinType::Kind kind = BT->getKind(); + switch (kind) { + case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; + case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; + case BuiltinType::Char8: + case BuiltinType::Char_U: + case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; + case BuiltinType::Char16: + case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; + case BuiltinType::Char32: + case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; + case BuiltinType::ULong: + return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; + case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; + case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; + case BuiltinType::Char_S: + case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; + case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; + case BuiltinType::WChar_S: + case BuiltinType::WChar_U: + case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; + case BuiltinType::Long: + return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; + case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; + case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; + case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; + case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; + case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; + case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* + + case BuiltinType::Float16: + case BuiltinType::Float128: + case BuiltinType::Half: + case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::Accum: + case BuiltinType::LongAccum: + case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::UAccum: + case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: + case BuiltinType::ShortFract: + case BuiltinType::Fract: + case BuiltinType::LongFract: + case BuiltinType::UShortFract: + case BuiltinType::UFract: + case BuiltinType::ULongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatFract: + case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUFract: + case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: + // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! + return ' '; + +#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ + case BuiltinType::Id: +#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" + { + DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = C->getDiagnostics(); + unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID( + DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "cannot yet @encode type %0"); + Diags.Report(DiagID) << BT->getName(C->getPrintingPolicy()); + return ' '; + } + + case BuiltinType::ObjCId: + case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: + case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: + llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); + + // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. +#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ + case BuiltinType::Id: +#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" +#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ + case BuiltinType::Id: +#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" + case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: + case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: + case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: + case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: + case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: + case BuiltinType::Dependent: +#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) +#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ + case BuiltinType::KIND: +#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" + llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); + } + llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); +} + +static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { + EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); + + // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. + if (!Enum->isFixed()) + return 'i'; + + // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. + const auto *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); + return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveType(C, BT); +} + +static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, + QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { + assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); + S += 'b'; + // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. + // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, + // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the + // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: + // + // struct + // { + // int integer; + // int flags:2; + // }; + // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT + // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra + // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for + // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that + // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... + if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { + uint64_t Offset; + + if (const auto *IVD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(FD)) { + Offset = Ctx->lookupFieldBitOffset(IVD->getContainingInterface(), nullptr, + IVD); + } else { + const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); + const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); + Offset = RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()); + } + + S += llvm::utostr(Offset); + + if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) + S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); + else { + const auto *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); + S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveType(Ctx, BT); + } + } + S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); +} + +// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. +void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string &S, + const ObjCEncOptions Options, + const FieldDecl *FD, + QualType *NotEncodedT) const { + CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); + switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { + case Type::Builtin: + case Type::Enum: + if (FD && FD->isBitField()) + return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); + if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) + S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveType(this, BT); + else + S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); + return; + + case Type::Complex: { + const auto *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); + S += 'j'; + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, ObjCEncOptions(), + /*Field=*/nullptr); + return; + } + + case Type::Atomic: { + const auto *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); + S += 'A'; + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, ObjCEncOptions(), + /*Field=*/nullptr); + return; + } + + // encoding for pointer or reference types. + case Type::Pointer: + case Type::LValueReference: + case Type::RValueReference: { + QualType PointeeTy; + if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { + const auto *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); + if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { + S += ':'; + return; + } + PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); + } else { + PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); + } + + bool isReadOnly = false; + // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the + // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of + // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! + // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! + if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { + if (Options.IsOutermostType() && T.isConstQualified()) { + isReadOnly = true; + S += 'r'; + } + } else if (Options.IsOutermostType()) { + QualType P = PointeeTy; + while (auto PT = P->getAs<PointerType>()) + P = PT->getPointeeType(); + if (P.isConstQualified()) { + isReadOnly = true; + S += 'r'; + } + } + if (isReadOnly) { + // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type + // combinations need to be rearranged. + // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" + if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) + S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); + } + + if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { + // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a + // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. + if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { + S += '*'; + return; + } + } else if (const auto *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { + // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". + if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { + S += '#'; + return; + } + // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". + if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { + S += '@'; + return; + } + // fall through... + } + S += '^'; + getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); + + ObjCEncOptions NewOptions; + if (Options.ExpandPointedToStructures()) + NewOptions.setExpandStructures(); + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, NewOptions, + /*Field=*/nullptr, NotEncodedT); + return; + } + + case Type::ConstantArray: + case Type::IncompleteArray: + case Type::VariableArray: { + const auto *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); + + if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !Options.IsStructField()) { + // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. + S += '^'; + + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( + AT->getElementType(), S, + Options.keepingOnly(ObjCEncOptions().setExpandStructures()), FD); + } else { + S += '['; + + if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) + S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); + else { + //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. + assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && + "Unknown array type!"); + S += '0'; + } + + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( + AT->getElementType(), S, + Options.keepingOnly(ObjCEncOptions().setExpandStructures()), FD, + NotEncodedT); + S += ']'; + } + return; + } + + case Type::FunctionNoProto: + case Type::FunctionProto: + S += '?'; + return; + + case Type::Record: { + RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); + S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; + // Anonymous structures print as '?' + if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { + S += II->getName(); + if (const auto *Spec = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { + const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); + llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); + printTemplateArgumentList(OS, TemplateArgs.asArray(), + getPrintingPolicy()); + } + } else { + S += '?'; + } + if (Options.ExpandStructures()) { + S += '='; + if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { + getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD, true, NotEncodedT); + } else { + for (const auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { + if (FD) { + S += '"'; + S += Field->getNameAsString(); + S += '"'; + } + + // Special case bit-fields. + if (Field->isBitField()) { + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, + ObjCEncOptions().setExpandStructures(), + Field); + } else { + QualType qt = Field->getType(); + getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( + qt, S, + ObjCEncOptions().setExpandStructures().setIsStructField(), FD, + NotEncodedT); + } + } + } + } + S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; + return; + } + + case Type::BlockPointer: { + const auto *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); + S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". + if (Options.EncodeBlockParameters()) { + const auto *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); + + S += '<'; + // Block return type + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getReturnType(), S, + Options.forComponentType(), FD, NotEncodedT); + // Block self + S += "@?"; + // Block parameters + if (const auto *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { + for (const auto &I : FPT->param_types()) + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(I, S, Options.forComponentType(), FD, + NotEncodedT); + } + S += '>'; + } + return; + } + + case Type::ObjCObject: { + // hack to match legacy encoding of *id and *Class + QualType Ty = getObjCObjectPointerType(CT); + if (Ty->isObjCIdType()) { + S += "{objc_object=}"; + return; + } + else if (Ty->isObjCClassType()) { + S += "{objc_class=}"; + return; + } + // TODO: Double check to make sure this intentionally falls through. + LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; + } + + case Type::ObjCInterface: { + // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. + // @encode(class_name) + ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); + S += '{'; + S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); + if (Options.ExpandStructures()) { + S += '='; + SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; + DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); + for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { + const FieldDecl *Field = Ivars[i]; + if (Field->isBitField()) + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, + ObjCEncOptions().setExpandStructures(), + Field); + else + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, + ObjCEncOptions().setExpandStructures(), FD, + NotEncodedT); + } + } + S += '}'; + return; + } + + case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { + const auto *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { + S += '@'; + return; + } + + if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { + // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. + // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with + // runtime folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obscure construct. + S += '#'; + return; + } + + if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( + getObjCIdType(), S, + Options.keepingOnly(ObjCEncOptions() + .setExpandPointedToStructures() + .setExpandStructures()), + FD); + if (FD || Options.EncodingProperty() || Options.EncodeClassNames()) { + // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list + // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. + S += '"'; + for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) { + S += '<'; + S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); + S += '>'; + } + S += '"'; + } + return; + } + + S += '@'; + if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && + (FD || Options.EncodingProperty() || Options.EncodeClassNames())) { + S += '"'; + S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); + for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) { + S += '<'; + S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); + S += '>'; + } + S += '"'; + } + return; + } + + // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. + // FIXME: we should do better than that. 'M' is available. + case Type::MemberPointer: + // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is insufficient. + //FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. + case Type::Vector: + case Type::ExtVector: + // Until we have a coherent encoding of these three types, issue warning. + if (NotEncodedT) + *NotEncodedT = T; + return; + + // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. + // Just ignore it. + case Type::Auto: + case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: + return; + + case Type::Pipe: +#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) +#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) +#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ + case Type::KIND: +#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ + case Type::KIND: +#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ + case Type::KIND: +#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" + llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); + } + llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); +} + +void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, + std::string &S, + const FieldDecl *FD, + bool includeVBases, + QualType *NotEncodedT) const { + assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); + assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); + if (!RDecl->getDefinition() || RDecl->getDefinition()->isInvalidDecl()) + return; + + const auto *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); + std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; + const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); + + if (CXXRec) { + for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->bases()) { + if (!BI.isVirtual()) { + CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); + if (base->isEmpty()) + continue; + uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); + FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), + std::make_pair(offs, base)); + } + } + } + + unsigned i = 0; + for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { + uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); + FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), + std::make_pair(offs, Field)); + ++i; + } + + if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { + for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->vbases()) { + CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); + if (base->isEmpty()) + continue; + uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); + if (offs >= uint64_t(toBits(layout.getNonVirtualSize())) && + FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) + FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), + std::make_pair(offs, base)); + } + } + + CharUnits size; + if (CXXRec) { + size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); + } else { + size = layout.getSize(); + } + +#ifndef NDEBUG + uint64_t CurOffs = 0; +#endif + std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator + CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); + + if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && + (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { + if (FD) { + S += "\"_vptr$"; + std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); + if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; + S += recname; + S += '"'; + } + S += "^^?"; +#ifndef NDEBUG + CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); +#endif + } + + if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { + // Mark the end of the structure. + uint64_t offs = toBits(size); + FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), + std::make_pair(offs, nullptr)); + } + + for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { +#ifndef NDEBUG + assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); + if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { + uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; + // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that + // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case + // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. + // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without + // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the + // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be + // longer then though. + CurOffs += padding; + } +#endif + + NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; + if (!dcl) + break; // reached end of structure. + + if (auto *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { + // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going + // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which + // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, + // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. + getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false, + NotEncodedT); + assert(!base->isEmpty()); +#ifndef NDEBUG + CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); +#endif + } else { + const auto *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); + if (FD) { + S += '"'; + S += field->getNameAsString(); + S += '"'; + } + + if (field->isBitField()) { + EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); +#ifndef NDEBUG + CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); +#endif + } else { + QualType qt = field->getType(); + getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); + getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( + qt, S, ObjCEncOptions().setExpandStructures().setIsStructField(), + FD, NotEncodedT); +#ifndef NDEBUG + CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); +#endif + } + } + } +} + +void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, + std::string& S) const { + if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) + S += 'n'; + if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) + S += 'N'; + if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) + S += 'o'; + if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) + S += 'O'; + if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) + S += 'R'; + if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) + S += 'V'; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { + if (!ObjCIdDecl) { + QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, {}); + T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); + ObjCIdDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "id"); + } + return ObjCIdDecl; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { + if (!ObjCSelDecl) { + QualType T = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); + ObjCSelDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "SEL"); + } + return ObjCSelDecl; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { + if (!ObjCClassDecl) { + QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, {}); + T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); + ObjCClassDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "Class"); + } + return ObjCClassDecl; +} + +ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { + if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { + ObjCProtocolClassDecl + = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), + SourceLocation(), + &Idents.get("Protocol"), + /*typeParamList=*/nullptr, + /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, + SourceLocation(), true); + } + + return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, + StringRef Name) { + // typedef char* __builtin[_ms]_va_list; + QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, Name); +} + +static TypedefDecl *CreateMSVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_ms_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; + QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl * +CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + // struct __va_list + RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list"); + if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { + // namespace std { struct __va_list { + NamespaceDecl *NS; + NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), + Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), + /*Inline*/ false, SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), + /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr); + NS->setImplicit(); + VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); + } + + VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); + + const size_t NumFields = 5; + QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; + const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; + + // void *__stack; + FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; + + // void *__gr_top; + FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; + + // void *__vr_top; + FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; + + // int __gr_offs; + FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; + FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; + + // int __vr_offs; + FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; + FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; + + // Create fields + for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { + FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), + VaListTagDecl, + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), + FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, + /*Mutable=*/false, + ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); + } + VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); + Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; + QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); + + // } __builtin_va_list; + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + // typedef struct __va_list_tag { + RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; + + VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); + VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); + + const size_t NumFields = 5; + QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; + const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; + + // unsigned char gpr; + FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; + FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; + + // unsigned char fpr; + FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; + FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; + + // unsigned short reserved; + FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; + FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; + + // void* overflow_arg_area; + FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; + + // void* reg_save_area; + FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; + + // Create fields + for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { + FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), + FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, + /*Mutable=*/false, + ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); + } + VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); + Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; + QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); + + // } __va_list_tag; + TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl = + Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__va_list_tag"); + + QualType VaListTagTypedefType = + Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); + + // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; + llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); + QualType VaListTagArrayType + = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, + Size, nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0); + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl * +CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + // struct __va_list_tag { + RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; + VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); + VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); + + const size_t NumFields = 4; + QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; + const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; + + // unsigned gp_offset; + FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; + FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; + + // unsigned fp_offset; + FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; + FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; + + // void* overflow_arg_area; + FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; + + // void* reg_save_area; + FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; + + // Create fields + for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { + FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), + VaListTagDecl, + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), + FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, + /*Mutable=*/false, + ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); + } + VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); + Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; + QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); + + // }; + + // typedef struct __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; + llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); + QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType( + VaListTagType, Size, nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0); + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; + llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); + QualType IntArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType( + Context->IntTy, Size, nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0); + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(IntArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl * +CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + // struct __va_list + RecordDecl *VaListDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list"); + if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { + // namespace std { struct __va_list { + NamespaceDecl *NS; + NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), + Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), + /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), + /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr); + NS->setImplicit(); + VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); + } + + VaListDecl->startDefinition(); + + // void * __ap; + FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), + VaListDecl, + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), + Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), + /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, + /*Mutable=*/false, + ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); + + // }; + VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); + Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListDecl; + + // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; + QualType T = Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl); + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl * +CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { + // struct __va_list_tag { + RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; + VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); + VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); + + const size_t NumFields = 4; + QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; + const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; + + // long __gpr; + FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; + FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; + + // long __fpr; + FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; + FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; + + // void *__overflow_arg_area; + FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; + + // void *__reg_save_area; + FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); + FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; + + // Create fields + for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { + FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), + VaListTagDecl, + SourceLocation(), + SourceLocation(), + &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), + FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, + /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, + /*Mutable=*/false, + ICIS_NoInit); + Field->setAccess(AS_public); + VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); + } + VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); + Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; + QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); + + // }; + + // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; + llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); + QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType( + VaListTagType, Size, nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0); + + return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); +} + +static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, + TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { + switch (Kind) { + case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: + return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: + return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: + return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: + return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: + return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: + return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: + return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: + return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); + } + + llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { + if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) { + BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); + assert(BuiltinVaListDecl->isImplicit()); + } + + return BuiltinVaListDecl; +} + +Decl *ASTContext::getVaListTagDecl() const { + // Force the creation of VaListTagDecl by building the __builtin_va_list + // declaration. + if (!VaListTagDecl) + (void)getBuiltinVaListDecl(); + + return VaListTagDecl; +} + +TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinMSVaListDecl() const { + if (!BuiltinMSVaListDecl) + BuiltinMSVaListDecl = CreateMSVaListDecl(this); + + return BuiltinMSVaListDecl; +} + +bool ASTContext::canBuiltinBeRedeclared(const FunctionDecl *FD) const { + return BuiltinInfo.canBeRedeclared(FD->getBuiltinID()); +} + +void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { + assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && + "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); + + ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); +} + +/// Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty +/// lookup. +TemplateName +ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, + UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { + unsigned size = End - Begin; + assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); + + void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + + size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); + auto *OT = new (memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); + + NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); + for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { + NamedDecl *D = *I; + assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || + isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D) || + (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && + isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); + *Storage++ = D; + } + + return TemplateName(OT); +} + +/// Retrieve a template name representing an unqualified-id that has been +/// assumed to name a template for ADL purposes. +TemplateName ASTContext::getAssumedTemplateName(DeclarationName Name) const { + auto *OT = new (*this) AssumedTemplateStorage(Name); + return TemplateName(OT); +} + +/// Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified +/// template name such as \c std::vector. +TemplateName +ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, + bool TemplateKeyword, + TemplateDecl *Template) const { + assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); + + // FIXME: Canonicalization? + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = + QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + if (!QTN) { + QTN = new (*this, alignof(QualifiedTemplateName)) + QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); + QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); + } + + return TemplateName(QTN); +} + +/// Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent +/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. +TemplateName +ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, + const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { + assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && + "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentTemplateName *QTN = + DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + + if (QTN) + return TemplateName(QTN); + + NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); + if (CanonNNS == NNS) { + QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) + DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); + } else { + TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); + QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) + DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); + DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = + DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); + (void)CheckQTN; + } + + DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); + return TemplateName(QTN); +} + +/// Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent +/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. +TemplateName +ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, + OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { + assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && + "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); + + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + DependentTemplateName *QTN + = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + + if (QTN) + return TemplateName(QTN); + + NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); + if (CanonNNS == NNS) { + QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) + DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); + } else { + TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); + QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) + DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); + + DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN + = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); + (void)CheckQTN; + } + + DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); + return TemplateName(QTN); +} + +TemplateName +ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, + TemplateName replacement) const { + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); + + void *insertPos = nullptr; + SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst + = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); + + if (!subst) { + subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); + SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); + } + + return TemplateName(subst); +} + +TemplateName +ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, + const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { + auto &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); + llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; + SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); + + void *InsertPos = nullptr; + SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst + = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); + + if (!Subst) { + Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, + ArgPack.pack_size(), + ArgPack.pack_begin()); + SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); + } + + return TemplateName(Subst); +} + +/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by +/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type +/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. +CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { + switch (Type) { + case TargetInfo::NoInt: return {}; + case TargetInfo::SignedChar: return SignedCharTy; + case TargetInfo::UnsignedChar: return UnsignedCharTy; + case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; + case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; + case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; + case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; + case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; + case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; + case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; + case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; + } + + llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// Type Predicates. +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's +/// garbage collection attribute. +/// +Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { + if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) + return Qualifiers::GCNone; + + assert(getLangOpts().ObjC); + Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); + + // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers + // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared + // as __strong. + if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { + if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) + return Qualifiers::Strong; + else if (Ty->isPointerType()) + return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); + } else { + // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a + // pointer. +#ifndef NDEBUG + QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); + while (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) + CT = AT->getElementType(); + assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); +#endif + } + return GCAttrs; +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// Type Compatibility Testing +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are +/// compatible. +static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, + const VectorType *RHS) { + assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); + return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && + LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); +} + +bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, + QualType SecondVec) { + assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); + assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); + + if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) + return true; + + // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the + // equivalent GCC vector types. + const auto *First = FirstVec->castAs<VectorType>(); + const auto *Second = SecondVec->castAs<VectorType>(); + if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && + hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && + First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && + First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && + Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && + Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) + return true; + + return false; +} + +bool ASTContext::hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(QualType Ty) const { + while (true) { + // __strong id + if (const AttributedType *Attr = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) { + if (Attr->getAttrKind() == attr::ObjCOwnership) + return true; + + Ty = Attr->getModifiedType(); + + // X *__strong (...) + } else if (const ParenType *Paren = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { + Ty = Paren->getInnerType(); + + // We do not want to look through typedefs, typeof(expr), + // typeof(type), or any other way that the type is somehow + // abstracted. + } else { + return false; + } + } +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the +/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. +bool +ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, + ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { + if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) + return true; + for (auto *PI : rProto->protocols()) + if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, PI)) + return true; + return false; +} + +/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and +/// Class<pr1, ...>. +bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible( + const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhs, const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhs) { + for (auto *lhsProto : lhs->quals()) { + bool match = false; + for (auto *rhsProto : rhs->quals()) { + if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { + match = true; + break; + } + } + if (!match) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an +/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. +bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible( + const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhs, const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhs, + bool compare) { + // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' in all cases. + if (lhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCIdType()) + return true; + + // Don't allow id<P..> to convert to Class or Class<P..> in either direction. + if (lhs->isObjCClassType() || lhs->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || + rhs->isObjCClassType() || rhs->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) + return false; + + if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { + if (rhs->qual_empty()) { + // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", + // make sure we check the class hierarchy. + if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhs->getInterfaceDecl()) { + for (auto *I : lhs->quals()) { + // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, + // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or + // through its super class and categories. + if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) + return false; + } + } + // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. + return true; + } + // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. + for (auto *lhsProto : lhs->quals()) { + bool match = false; + + // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, + // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or + // through its super class and categories. + for (auto *rhsProto : rhs->quals()) { + if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || + (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { + match = true; + break; + } + } + // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", + // make sure we check the class hierarchy. + if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhs->getInterfaceDecl()) { + for (auto *I : lhs->quals()) { + // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, + // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or + // through its super class and categories. + if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) { + match = true; + break; + } + } + } + if (!match) + return false; + } + + return true; + } + + assert(rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); + + if (lhs->getInterfaceType()) { + // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. + for (auto *lhsProto : lhs->quals()) { + bool match = false; + + // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, + // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or + // through its super class and categories. + // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct + // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. + for (auto *rhsProto : rhs->quals()) { + if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || + (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { + match = true; + break; + } + } + if (!match) + return false; + } + + // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols + // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. + if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhs->getInterfaceDecl()) { + llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; + CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); + // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has + // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) + // assume that it is mismatch. + if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhs->qual_empty()) + return false; + for (auto *lhsProto : LHSInheritedProtocols) { + bool match = false; + for (auto *rhsProto : rhs->quals()) { + if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || + (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { + match = true; + break; + } + } + if (!match) + return false; + } + } + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are +/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any +/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. +bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, + const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { + const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); + const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); + + // If either type represents the built-in 'id' type, return true. + if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedId()) + return true; + + // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles + // __kindof types. + auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool { + if (succeeded) + return true; + + if (!RHS->isKindOfType()) + return false; + + // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether + // we can assign the other way. + return canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), + LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this)); + }; + + // Casts from or to id<P> are allowed when the other side has compatible + // protocols. + if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) { + return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT, false)); + } + + // Verify protocol compatibility for casts from Class<P1> to Class<P2>. + if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) { + return finish(ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)); + } + + // Casts from Class to Class<Foo>, or vice-versa, are allowed. + if (LHS->isObjCClass() && RHS->isObjCClass()) { + return true; + } + + // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. + if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) { + return finish(canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)); + } + + return false; +} + +/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written +/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return +/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where +/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is +/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. +bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( + const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, + const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, + bool BlockReturnType) { + + // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles + // __kindof types. + auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool { + if (succeeded) + return true; + + const ObjCObjectPointerType *Expected = BlockReturnType ? RHSOPT : LHSOPT; + if (!Expected->isKindOfType()) + return false; + + // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether + // we can assign the other way. + return canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( + RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), + LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), + BlockReturnType); + }; + + if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) + return true; + + if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { + return finish(RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || + RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()); + } + + if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) + return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible( + (BlockReturnType ? LHSOPT : RHSOPT), + (BlockReturnType ? RHSOPT : LHSOPT), false)); + + const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); + const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); + if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. + if (LHS != RHS) { + if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) + return finish(BlockReturnType); + if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) + return finish(!BlockReturnType); + } + else + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/// Comparison routine for Objective-C protocols to be used with +/// llvm::array_pod_sort. +static int compareObjCProtocolsByName(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *lhs, + ObjCProtocolDecl * const *rhs) { + return (*lhs)->getName().compare((*rhs)->getName()); +} + +/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set +/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects with +/// the given common base. +/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of +/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. +static +void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, + const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CommonBase, + const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, + const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, + SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionSet) { + + const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); + const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); + assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); + assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); + + // Add all of the protocols for the LHS. + llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSProtocolSet; + + // Start with the protocol qualifiers. + for (auto proto : LHS->quals()) { + Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, LHSProtocolSet); + } + + // Also add the protocols associated with the LHS interface. + Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), LHSProtocolSet); + + // Add all of the protocols for the RHS. + llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSProtocolSet; + + // Start with the protocol qualifiers. + for (auto proto : RHS->quals()) { + Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, RHSProtocolSet); + } + + // Also add the protocols associated with the RHS interface. + Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), RHSProtocolSet); + + // Compute the intersection of the collected protocol sets. + for (auto proto : LHSProtocolSet) { + if (RHSProtocolSet.count(proto)) + IntersectionSet.push_back(proto); + } + + // Compute the set of protocols that is implied by either the common type or + // the protocols within the intersection. + llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> ImpliedProtocols; + Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(CommonBase, ImpliedProtocols); + + // Remove any implied protocols from the list of inherited protocols. + if (!ImpliedProtocols.empty()) { + IntersectionSet.erase( + std::remove_if(IntersectionSet.begin(), + IntersectionSet.end(), + [&](ObjCProtocolDecl *proto) -> bool { + return ImpliedProtocols.count(proto) > 0; + }), + IntersectionSet.end()); + } + + // Sort the remaining protocols by name. + llvm::array_pod_sort(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(), + compareObjCProtocolsByName); +} + +/// Determine whether the first type is a subtype of the second. +static bool canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ASTContext &ctx, QualType lhs, + QualType rhs) { + // Common case: two object pointers. + const auto *lhsOPT = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + const auto *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + if (lhsOPT && rhsOPT) + return ctx.canAssignObjCInterfaces(lhsOPT, rhsOPT); + + // Two block pointers. + const auto *lhsBlock = lhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); + const auto *rhsBlock = rhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); + if (lhsBlock && rhsBlock) + return ctx.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhs, rhs); + + // If either is an unqualified 'id' and the other is a block, it's + // acceptable. + if ((lhsOPT && lhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && rhsBlock) || + (rhsOPT && rhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && lhsBlock)) + return true; + + return false; +} + +// Check that the given Objective-C type argument lists are equivalent. +static bool sameObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, + const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface, + ArrayRef<QualType> lhsArgs, + ArrayRef<QualType> rhsArgs, + bool stripKindOf) { + if (lhsArgs.size() != rhsArgs.size()) + return false; + + ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = iface->getTypeParamList(); + for (unsigned i = 0, n = lhsArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) { + if (ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i])) + continue; + + switch (typeParams->begin()[i]->getVariance()) { + case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant: + if (!stripKindOf || + !ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx), + rhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx))) { + return false; + } + break; + + case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant: + if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i])) + return false; + break; + + case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant: + if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, rhsArgs[i], lhsArgs[i])) + return false; + break; + } + } + + return true; +} + +QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( + const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, + const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { + const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); + const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); + const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); + const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); + + if (!LDecl || !RDecl) + return {}; + + // When either LHS or RHS is a kindof type, we should return a kindof type. + // For example, for common base of kindof(ASub1) and kindof(ASub2), we return + // kindof(A). + bool anyKindOf = LHS->isKindOfType() || RHS->isKindOfType(); + + // Follow the left-hand side up the class hierarchy until we either hit a + // root or find the RHS. Record the ancestors in case we don't find it. + llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, const ObjCObjectType *, 4> + LHSAncestors; + while (true) { + // Record this ancestor. We'll need this if the common type isn't in the + // path from the LHS to the root. + LHSAncestors[LHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()] = LHS; + + if (declaresSameEntity(LHS->getInterface(), RDecl)) { + // Get the type arguments. + ArrayRef<QualType> LHSTypeArgs = LHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); + bool anyChanges = false; + if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) { + // Both have type arguments, compare them. + if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), + LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(), + /*stripKindOf=*/true)) + return {}; + } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) { + // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type + // arguments. + LHSTypeArgs = {}; + anyChanges = true; + } + + // Compute the intersection of protocols. + SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; + getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, LHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr, + Protocols); + if (!Protocols.empty()) + anyChanges = true; + + // If anything in the LHS will have changed, build a new result type. + // If we need to return a kindof type but LHS is not a kindof type, we + // build a new result type. + if (anyChanges || LHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) { + QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(LHS->getInterface()); + Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, LHSTypeArgs, Protocols, + anyKindOf || LHS->isKindOfType()); + return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); + } + + return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(LHS, 0)); + } + + // Find the superclass. + QualType LHSSuperType = LHS->getSuperClassType(); + if (LHSSuperType.isNull()) + break; + + LHS = LHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); + } + + // We didn't find anything by following the LHS to its root; now check + // the RHS against the cached set of ancestors. + while (true) { + auto KnownLHS = LHSAncestors.find(RHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()); + if (KnownLHS != LHSAncestors.end()) { + LHS = KnownLHS->second; + + // Get the type arguments. + ArrayRef<QualType> RHSTypeArgs = RHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); + bool anyChanges = false; + if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) { + // Both have type arguments, compare them. + if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), + LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(), + /*stripKindOf=*/true)) + return {}; + } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) { + // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type + // arguments. + RHSTypeArgs = {}; + anyChanges = true; + } + + // Compute the intersection of protocols. + SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; + getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, RHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr, + Protocols); + if (!Protocols.empty()) + anyChanges = true; + + // If we need to return a kindof type but RHS is not a kindof type, we + // build a new result type. + if (anyChanges || RHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) { + QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(RHS->getInterface()); + Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, RHSTypeArgs, Protocols, + anyKindOf || RHS->isKindOfType()); + return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); + } + + return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(RHS, 0)); + } + + // Find the superclass of the RHS. + QualType RHSSuperType = RHS->getSuperClassType(); + if (RHSSuperType.isNull()) + break; + + RHS = RHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); + } + + return {}; +} + +bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, + const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { + assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); + assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); + + // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of + // the LHS. + ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSInterface = LHS->getInterface(); + bool IsSuperClass = LHSInterface->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); + if (!IsSuperClass) + return false; + + // If the LHS has protocol qualifiers, determine whether all of them are + // satisfied by the RHS (i.e., the RHS has a superset of the protocols in the + // LHS). + if (LHS->getNumProtocols() > 0) { + // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types + // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols + // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. + // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. + llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; + CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); + // Also, if RHS has explicit quelifiers, include them for comparing with LHS's + // qualifiers. + for (auto *RHSPI : RHS->quals()) + CollectInheritedProtocols(RHSPI, SuperClassInheritedProtocols); + // If there is no protocols associated with RHS, it is not a match. + if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) + return false; + + for (const auto *LHSProto : LHS->quals()) { + bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; + for (auto *SuperClassProto : SuperClassInheritedProtocols) + if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { + SuperImplementsProtocol = true; + break; + } + if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) + return false; + } + } + + // If the LHS is specialized, we may need to check type arguments. + if (LHS->isSpecialized()) { + // Follow the superclass chain until we've matched the LHS class in the + // hierarchy. This substitutes type arguments through. + const ObjCObjectType *RHSSuper = RHS; + while (!declaresSameEntity(RHSSuper->getInterface(), LHSInterface)) + RHSSuper = RHSSuper->getSuperClassType()->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); + + // If the RHS is specializd, compare type arguments. + if (RHSSuper->isSpecialized() && + !sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), + LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHSSuper->getTypeArgs(), + /*stripKindOf=*/true)) { + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { + // get the "pointed to" types + const auto *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + const auto *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); + + if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) + return false; + + return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || + canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); +} + +bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { + return canAssignObjCInterfaces( + getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), + getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); +} + +/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, +/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. +/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the +/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. +bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, + bool CompareUnqualified) { + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) + return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); + + return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); +} + +bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { + return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); +} + +bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { + return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); +} + +/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member +/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return +/// QualType() +QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, + bool OfBlockPointer, + bool Unqualified) { + if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { + RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); + if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { + for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) { + QualType ET = I->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); + QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); + if (!MT.isNull()) + return MT; + } + } + } + + return {}; +} + +/// mergeFunctionParameterTypes - merge two types which appear as function +/// parameter types +QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionParameterTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, + bool OfBlockPointer, + bool Unqualified) { + // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function + // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other + // type is compatible with a union member + QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, + Unqualified); + if (!lmerge.isNull()) + return lmerge; + + QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, + Unqualified); + if (!rmerge.isNull()) + return rmerge; + + return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); +} + +QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, + bool OfBlockPointer, + bool Unqualified) { + const auto *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); + const auto *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); + const auto *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); + const auto *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); + bool allLTypes = true; + bool allRTypes = true; + + // Check return type + QualType retType; + if (OfBlockPointer) { + QualType RHS = rbase->getReturnType(); + QualType LHS = lbase->getReturnType(); + bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; + if (!UnqualifiedResult) + UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); + retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); + } + else + retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getReturnType(), rbase->getReturnType(), false, + Unqualified); + if (retType.isNull()) + return {}; + + if (Unqualified) + retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); + + CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getReturnType()); + CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getReturnType()); + if (Unqualified) { + LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); + RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); + } + + if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) + allLTypes = false; + if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) + allRTypes = false; + + // FIXME: double check this + // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && + // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && + // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? + FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); + FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); + + // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions + if (lbaseInfo.getCC() != rbaseInfo.getCC()) + return {}; + + // Regparm is part of the calling convention. + if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) + return {}; + if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) + return {}; + + if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) + return {}; + if (lbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != rbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) + return {}; + if (lbaseInfo.getNoCfCheck() != rbaseInfo.getNoCfCheck()) + return {}; + + // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. + bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); + + if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) + allLTypes = false; + if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) + allRTypes = false; + + FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); + + if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes + assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && + "C++ shouldn't be here"); + // Compatible functions must have the same number of parameters + if (lproto->getNumParams() != rproto->getNumParams()) + return {}; + + // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible + if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) + return {}; + + if (lproto->getMethodQuals() != rproto->getMethodQuals()) + return {}; + + SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> newParamInfos; + bool canUseLeft, canUseRight; + if (!mergeExtParameterInfo(lproto, rproto, canUseLeft, canUseRight, + newParamInfos)) + return {}; + + if (!canUseLeft) + allLTypes = false; + if (!canUseRight) + allRTypes = false; + + // Check parameter type compatibility + SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; + for (unsigned i = 0, n = lproto->getNumParams(); i < n; i++) { + QualType lParamType = lproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); + QualType rParamType = rproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); + QualType paramType = mergeFunctionParameterTypes( + lParamType, rParamType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); + if (paramType.isNull()) + return {}; + + if (Unqualified) + paramType = paramType.getUnqualifiedType(); + + types.push_back(paramType); + if (Unqualified) { + lParamType = lParamType.getUnqualifiedType(); + rParamType = rParamType.getUnqualifiedType(); + } + + if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(lParamType)) + allLTypes = false; + if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(rParamType)) + allRTypes = false; + } + + if (allLTypes) return lhs; + if (allRTypes) return rhs; + + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); + EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; + EPI.ExtParameterInfos = + newParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : newParamInfos.data(); + return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); + } + + if (lproto) allRTypes = false; + if (rproto) allLTypes = false; + + const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; + if (proto) { + assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); + if (proto->isVariadic()) + return {}; + // Check that the types are compatible with the types that + // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). + // The only types actually affected are promotable integer + // types and floats, which would be passed as a different + // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. + for (unsigned i = 0, n = proto->getNumParams(); i < n; ++i) { + QualType paramTy = proto->getParamType(i); + + // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used + // to pass enum values. + if (const auto *Enum = paramTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { + paramTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); + if (paramTy.isNull()) + return {}; + } + + if (paramTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || + getCanonicalType(paramTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) + return {}; + } + + if (allLTypes) return lhs; + if (allRTypes) return rhs; + + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); + EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; + return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getParamTypes(), EPI); + } + + if (allLTypes) return lhs; + if (allRTypes) return rhs; + return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); +} + +/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. +static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, + QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { + // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, + // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. + // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion + // type. + QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); + if (underlyingType.isNull()) + return {}; + if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) + return other; + + // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any + // integral type of the same size. + if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && + Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) + return other; + + return {}; +} + +QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, + bool OfBlockPointer, + bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { + // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the + // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression + // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the + // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and + // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). + assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); + assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); + + if (Unqualified) { + LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); + RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); + } + + QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), + RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); + + // If two types are identical, they are compatible. + if (LHSCan == RHSCan) + return LHS; + + // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. + Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); + Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); + if (LQuals != RQuals) { + // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type + // mismatch. + if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || + LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || + LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime() || + LQuals.hasUnaligned() != RQuals.hasUnaligned()) + return {}; + + // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is + // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective + // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix + // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually + // qualified __strong. + Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); + Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); + assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); + + if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) + return {}; + + if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { + return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); + } + if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { + return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); + } + return {}; + } + + // Okay, qualifiers are equal. + + Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); + Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); + + // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these + // comparisons, just force one to the other. + if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; + if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; + + // Same as above for arrays + if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) + LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; + if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) + RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; + + // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. + if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; + if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; + + // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. + if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; + if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; + + // If the canonical type classes don't match. + if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { + // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum + // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. + if (const auto *ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { + return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); + } + if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { + return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); + } + // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. + if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { + if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) + return LHS; + if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) + return RHS; + } + + return {}; + } + + // The canonical type classes match. + switch (LHSClass) { +#define TYPE(Class, Base) +#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) +#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: +#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: +#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: +#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" + llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); + + case Type::Auto: + case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: + case Type::LValueReference: + case Type::RValueReference: + case Type::MemberPointer: + llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); + + case Type::ObjCInterface: + case Type::IncompleteArray: + case Type::VariableArray: + case Type::FunctionProto: + case Type::ExtVector: + llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); + + case Type::Pointer: + { + // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info + QualType LHSPointee = LHS->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); + QualType RHSPointee = RHS->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); + if (Unqualified) { + LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); + RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); + } + QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, + Unqualified); + if (ResultType.isNull()) + return {}; + if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return LHS; + if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return RHS; + return getPointerType(ResultType); + } + case Type::BlockPointer: + { + // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info + QualType LHSPointee = LHS->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); + QualType RHSPointee = RHS->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); + if (Unqualified) { + LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); + RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); + } + if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { + Qualifiers LHSPteeQual = LHSPointee.getQualifiers(); + Qualifiers RHSPteeQual = RHSPointee.getQualifiers(); + // Blocks can't be an expression in a ternary operator (OpenCL v2.0 + // 6.12.5) thus the following check is asymmetric. + if (!LHSPteeQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(RHSPteeQual)) + return {}; + LHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace(); + RHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace(); + LHSPointee = + QualType(LHSPointee.getTypePtr(), LHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue()); + RHSPointee = + QualType(RHSPointee.getTypePtr(), RHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue()); + } + QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, + Unqualified); + if (ResultType.isNull()) + return {}; + if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return LHS; + if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return RHS; + return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); + } + case Type::Atomic: + { + // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info + QualType LHSValue = LHS->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); + QualType RHSValue = RHS->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); + if (Unqualified) { + LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); + RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); + } + QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, + Unqualified); + if (ResultType.isNull()) + return {}; + if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return LHS; + if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return RHS; + return getAtomicType(ResultType); + } + case Type::ConstantArray: + { + const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); + const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); + if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) + return {}; + + QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); + QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); + if (Unqualified) { + LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); + RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); + } + + QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); + if (ResultType.isNull()) + return {}; + + const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); + const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); + + // If either side is a variable array, and both are complete, check whether + // the current dimension is definite. + if (LVAT || RVAT) { + auto SizeFetch = [this](const VariableArrayType* VAT, + const ConstantArrayType* CAT) + -> std::pair<bool,llvm::APInt> { + if (VAT) { + llvm::APSInt TheInt; + Expr *E = VAT->getSizeExpr(); + if (E && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(TheInt, *this)) + return std::make_pair(true, TheInt); + else + return std::make_pair(false, TheInt); + } else if (CAT) { + return std::make_pair(true, CAT->getSize()); + } else { + return std::make_pair(false, llvm::APInt()); + } + }; + + bool HaveLSize, HaveRSize; + llvm::APInt LSize, RSize; + std::tie(HaveLSize, LSize) = SizeFetch(LVAT, LCAT); + std::tie(HaveRSize, RSize) = SizeFetch(RVAT, RCAT); + if (HaveLSize && HaveRSize && !llvm::APInt::isSameValue(LSize, RSize)) + return {}; // Definite, but unequal, array dimension + } + + if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return LHS; + if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return RHS; + if (LCAT) + return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), + LCAT->getSizeExpr(), + ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); + if (RCAT) + return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), + RCAT->getSizeExpr(), + ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); + if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return LHS; + if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) + return RHS; + if (LVAT) { + // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because + // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type + // has to be different. + return LHS; + } + if (RVAT) { + // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because + // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type + // has to be different. + return RHS; + } + if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; + if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; + return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, + ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); + } + case Type::FunctionNoProto: + return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); + case Type::Record: + case Type::Enum: + return {}; + case Type::Builtin: + // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. + return {}; + case Type::Complex: + // Distinct complex types are incompatible. + return {}; + case Type::Vector: + // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! + if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->castAs<VectorType>(), + RHSCan->castAs<VectorType>())) + return LHS; + return {}; + case Type::ObjCObject: { + // Check if the types are assignment compatible. + // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether + // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. + if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(), + RHS->castAs<ObjCObjectType>())) + return LHS; + return {}; + } + case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: + if (OfBlockPointer) { + if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( + LHS->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), + RHS->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), BlockReturnType)) + return LHS; + return {}; + } + if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), + RHS->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) + return LHS; + return {}; + case Type::Pipe: + assert(LHS != RHS && + "Equivalent pipe types should have already been handled!"); + return {}; + } + + llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); +} + +bool ASTContext::mergeExtParameterInfo( + const FunctionProtoType *FirstFnType, const FunctionProtoType *SecondFnType, + bool &CanUseFirst, bool &CanUseSecond, + SmallVectorImpl<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo> &NewParamInfos) { + assert(NewParamInfos.empty() && "param info list not empty"); + CanUseFirst = CanUseSecond = true; + bool FirstHasInfo = FirstFnType->hasExtParameterInfos(); + bool SecondHasInfo = SecondFnType->hasExtParameterInfos(); + + // Fast path: if the first type doesn't have ext parameter infos, + // we match if and only if the second type also doesn't have them. + if (!FirstHasInfo && !SecondHasInfo) + return true; + + bool NeedParamInfo = false; + size_t E = FirstHasInfo ? FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size() + : SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size(); + + for (size_t I = 0; I < E; ++I) { + FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo FirstParam, SecondParam; + if (FirstHasInfo) + FirstParam = FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I); + if (SecondHasInfo) + SecondParam = SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I); + + // Cannot merge unless everything except the noescape flag matches. + if (FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(false) != SecondParam.withIsNoEscape(false)) + return false; + + bool FirstNoEscape = FirstParam.isNoEscape(); + bool SecondNoEscape = SecondParam.isNoEscape(); + bool IsNoEscape = FirstNoEscape && SecondNoEscape; + NewParamInfos.push_back(FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(IsNoEscape)); + if (NewParamInfos.back().getOpaqueValue()) + NeedParamInfo = true; + if (FirstNoEscape != IsNoEscape) + CanUseFirst = false; + if (SecondNoEscape != IsNoEscape) + CanUseSecond = false; + } + + if (!NeedParamInfo) + NewParamInfos.clear(); + + return true; +} + +void ASTContext::ResetObjCLayout(const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) { + ObjCLayouts[CD] = nullptr; +} + +/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and +/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function +/// return types. +QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { + QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), + RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); + // If two types are identical, they are compatible. + if (LHSCan == RHSCan) + return LHS; + if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { + if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) + return {}; + QualType OldReturnType = + cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType(); + QualType NewReturnType = + cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType(); + QualType ResReturnType = + mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); + if (ResReturnType.isNull()) + return {}; + if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { + // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); + // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. + const auto *F = LHS->castAs<FunctionType>(); + if (const auto *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); + EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); + QualType ResultType = + getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); + return ResultType; + } + } + return {}; + } + + // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. + Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); + Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); + if (LQuals != RQuals) { + // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. + if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || + LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) + return {}; + + // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is + // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective + // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix + // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually + // qualified __strong. + Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); + Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); + assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); + + if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) + return {}; + + if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) + return LHS; + if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) + return RHS; + return {}; + } + + if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { + QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); + QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); + QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); + if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) + return LHS; + if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) + return RHS; + } + return {}; +} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// Integer Predicates +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { + if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) + T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); + if (T->isBooleanType()) + return 1; + // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method + return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { + assert((T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() || T->isSignedFixedPointType()) && + "Unexpected type"); + + // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> + if (const auto *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) + return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), + VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); + + // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. + if (const auto *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) + T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); + + switch (T->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { + case BuiltinType::Char_S: + case BuiltinType::SChar: + return UnsignedCharTy; + case BuiltinType::Short: + return UnsignedShortTy; + case BuiltinType::Int: + return UnsignedIntTy; + case BuiltinType::Long: + return UnsignedLongTy; + case BuiltinType::LongLong: + return UnsignedLongLongTy; + case BuiltinType::Int128: + return UnsignedInt128Ty; + + case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: + return UnsignedShortAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::Accum: + return UnsignedAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::LongAccum: + return UnsignedLongAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: + return SatUnsignedShortAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::SatAccum: + return SatUnsignedAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: + return SatUnsignedLongAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::ShortFract: + return UnsignedShortFractTy; + case BuiltinType::Fract: + return UnsignedFractTy; + case BuiltinType::LongFract: + return UnsignedLongFractTy; + case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: + return SatUnsignedShortFractTy; + case BuiltinType::SatFract: + return SatUnsignedFractTy; + case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: + return SatUnsignedLongFractTy; + default: + llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer or fixed point type"); + } +} + +ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() = default; + +void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, + QualType ReturnType) {} + +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// +// Builtin Type Computation +//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// + +/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the +/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If +/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic +/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of +/// a vector of "i*". +/// +/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required +/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. +static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, + ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, + bool &RequiresICE, + bool AllowTypeModifiers) { + // Modifiers. + int HowLong = 0; + bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; + RequiresICE = false; + + // Read the prefixed modifiers first. + bool Done = false; + #ifndef NDEBUG + bool IsSpecial = false; + #endif + while (!Done) { + switch (*Str++) { + default: Done = true; --Str; break; + case 'I': + RequiresICE = true; + break; + case 'S': + assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); + assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); + Signed = true; + break; + case 'U': + assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); + assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'U' modifier multiple times!"); + Unsigned = true; + break; + case 'L': + assert(!IsSpecial && "Can't use 'L' with 'W', 'N', 'Z' or 'O' modifiers"); + assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); + ++HowLong; + break; + case 'N': + // 'N' behaves like 'L' for all non LP64 targets and 'int' otherwise. + assert(!IsSpecial && "Can't use two 'N', 'W', 'Z' or 'O' modifiers!"); + assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'N' modifiers!"); + #ifndef NDEBUG + IsSpecial = true; + #endif + if (Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32) + ++HowLong; + break; + case 'W': + // This modifier represents int64 type. + assert(!IsSpecial && "Can't use two 'N', 'W', 'Z' or 'O' modifiers!"); + assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'W' modifiers!"); + #ifndef NDEBUG + IsSpecial = true; + #endif + switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type()) { + default: + llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer type"); + case TargetInfo::SignedLong: + HowLong = 1; + break; + case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: + HowLong = 2; + break; + } + break; + case 'Z': + // This modifier represents int32 type. + assert(!IsSpecial && "Can't use two 'N', 'W', 'Z' or 'O' modifiers!"); + assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'Z' modifiers!"); + #ifndef NDEBUG + IsSpecial = true; + #endif + switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(32, true)) { + default: + llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer type"); + case TargetInfo::SignedInt: + HowLong = 0; + break; + case TargetInfo::SignedLong: + HowLong = 1; + break; + case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: + HowLong = 2; + break; + } + break; + case 'O': + assert(!IsSpecial && "Can't use two 'N', 'W', 'Z' or 'O' modifiers!"); + assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'O' modifiers!"); + #ifndef NDEBUG + IsSpecial = true; + #endif + if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) + HowLong = 1; + else + HowLong = 2; + break; + } + } + + QualType Type; + + // Read the base type. + switch (*Str++) { + default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); + case 'v': + assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && + "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); + Type = Context.VoidTy; + break; + case 'h': + assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && + "Bad modifiers used with 'h'!"); + Type = Context.HalfTy; + break; + case 'f': + assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && + "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); + Type = Context.FloatTy; + break; + case 'd': + assert(HowLong < 3 && !Signed && !Unsigned && + "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); + if (HowLong == 1) + Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; + else if (HowLong == 2) + Type = Context.Float128Ty; + else + Type = Context.DoubleTy; + break; + case 's': + assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); + if (Unsigned) + Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; + else + Type = Context.ShortTy; + break; + case 'i': + if (HowLong == 3) + Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; + else if (HowLong == 2) + Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; + else if (HowLong == 1) + Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; + else + Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; + break; + case 'c': + assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); + if (Signed) + Type = Context.SignedCharTy; + else if (Unsigned) + Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; + else + Type = Context.CharTy; + break; + case 'b': // boolean + assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); + Type = Context.BoolTy; + break; + case 'z': // size_t. + assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); + Type = Context.getSizeType(); + break; + case 'w': // wchar_t. + assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'w'!"); + Type = Context.getWideCharType(); + break; + case 'F': + Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); + break; + case 'G': + Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); + break; + case 'H': + Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); + break; + case 'M': + Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); + break; + case 'a': + Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); + assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); + break; + case 'A': + // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly + // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two + // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones + // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is + // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list + // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, + // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want + // it to be a __va_list_tag*. + Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); + assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); + if (Type->isArrayType()) + Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); + else + Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); + break; + case 'V': { + char *End; + unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); + assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); + Str = End; + + QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, + RequiresICE, false); + assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); + + // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. + Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, + VectorType::GenericVector); + break; + } + case 'E': { + char *End; + + unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); + assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); + + Str = End; + + QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, + false); + Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); + break; + } + case 'X': { + QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, + false); + assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); + Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); + break; + } + case 'Y': + Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); + break; + case 'P': + Type = Context.getFILEType(); + if (Type.isNull()) { + Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; + return {}; + } + break; + case 'J': + if (Signed) + Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); + else + Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); + + if (Type.isNull()) { + Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; + return {}; + } + break; + case 'K': + assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); + Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); + + if (Type.isNull()) { + Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; + return {}; + } + break; + case 'p': + Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); + break; + } + + // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. + Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; + while (!Done) { + switch (char c = *Str++) { + default: Done = true; --Str; break; + case '*': + case '&': { + // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types + // qualified with an address space. + char *End; + unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); + if (End != Str) { + // Note AddrSpace == 0 is not the same as an unspecified address space. + Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType( + Type, + Context.getLangASForBuiltinAddressSpace(AddrSpace)); + Str = End; + } + if (c == '*') + Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); + else + Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); + break; + } + // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. + case 'C': + Type = Type.withConst(); + break; + case 'D': + Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); + break; + case 'R': + Type = Type.withRestrict(); + break; + } + } + + assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && + "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); + + return Type; +} + +/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. +QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, + GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, + unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { + const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.getTypeString(Id); + if (TypeStr[0] == '\0') { + Error = GE_Missing_type; + return {}; + } + + SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; + + bool RequiresICE = false; + Error = GE_None; + QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, + RequiresICE, true); + if (Error != GE_None) + return {}; + + assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); + + while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { + QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); + if (Error != GE_None) + return {}; + + // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the + // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. + if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) + *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); + + // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. + if (Ty->isArrayType()) + Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); + + ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); + } + + if (Id == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo) + return {}; + + assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && + "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); + + bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); + + FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(getDefaultCallingConvention( + Variadic, /*IsCXXMethod=*/false, /*IsBuiltin=*/true)); + if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); + + + // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here. + if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) + return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); + + FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; + EPI.ExtInfo = EI; + EPI.Variadic = Variadic; + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(Id)) + EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = + getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; + + return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); +} + +static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForFunction(const ASTContext &Context, + const FunctionDecl *FD) { + if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) + return GVA_Internal; + + // Non-user-provided functions get emitted as weak definitions with every + // use, no matter whether they've been explicitly instantiated etc. + if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) + if (!MD->isUserProvided()) + return GVA_DiscardableODR; + + GVALinkage External; + switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { + case TSK_Undeclared: + case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: + External = GVA_StrongExternal; + break; + + case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: + return GVA_StrongODR; + + // C++11 [temp.explicit]p10: + // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of + // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly + // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for + // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be + // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] + case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: + return GVA_AvailableExternally; + + case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: + External = GVA_DiscardableODR; + break; + } + + if (!FD->isInlined()) + return External; + + if ((!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && + !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && + !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) || + FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { + // FIXME: This doesn't match gcc's behavior for dllexport inline functions. + + // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be + // externally visible. + if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) + return External; + + // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. + return GVA_AvailableExternally; + } + + // Functions specified with extern and inline in -fms-compatibility mode + // forcibly get emitted. While the body of the function cannot be later + // replaced, the function definition cannot be discarded. + if (FD->isMSExternInline()) + return GVA_StrongODR; + + return GVA_DiscardableODR; +} + +static GVALinkage adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(const ASTContext &Context, + const Decl *D, GVALinkage L) { + // See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xa0d9ste.aspx + // dllexport/dllimport on inline functions. + if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { + if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_StrongODR) + return GVA_AvailableExternally; + } else if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { + if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR) + return GVA_StrongODR; + } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && + D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { + // Device-side functions with __global__ attribute must always be + // visible externally so they can be launched from host. + if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_Internal) + return GVA_StrongODR; + } + return L; +} + +/// Adjust the GVALinkage for a declaration based on what an external AST source +/// knows about whether there can be other definitions of this declaration. +static GVALinkage +adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *D, + GVALinkage L) { + ExternalASTSource *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource(); + if (!Source) + return L; + + switch (Source->hasExternalDefinitions(D)) { + case ExternalASTSource::EK_Never: + // Other translation units rely on us to provide the definition. + if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR) + return GVA_StrongODR; + break; + + case ExternalASTSource::EK_Always: + return GVA_AvailableExternally; + + case ExternalASTSource::EK_ReplyHazy: + break; + } + return L; +} + +GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) const { + return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, FD, + adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, FD, + basicGVALinkageForFunction(*this, FD))); +} + +static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForVariable(const ASTContext &Context, + const VarDecl *VD) { + if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) + return GVA_Internal; + + if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { + const DeclContext *LexicalContext = VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod(); + while (LexicalContext && !isa<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext)) + LexicalContext = LexicalContext->getLexicalParent(); + + // ObjC Blocks can create local variables that don't have a FunctionDecl + // LexicalContext. + if (!LexicalContext) + return GVA_DiscardableODR; + + // Otherwise, let the static local variable inherit its linkage from the + // nearest enclosing function. + auto StaticLocalLinkage = + Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(cast<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext)); + + // Itanium ABI 5.2.2: "Each COMDAT group [for a static local variable] must + // be emitted in any object with references to the symbol for the object it + // contains, whether inline or out-of-line." + // Similar behavior is observed with MSVC. An alternative ABI could use + // StrongODR/AvailableExternally to match the function, but none are + // known/supported currently. + if (StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_StrongODR || + StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_AvailableExternally) + return GVA_DiscardableODR; + return StaticLocalLinkage; + } + + // MSVC treats in-class initialized static data members as definitions. + // By giving them non-strong linkage, out-of-line definitions won't + // cause link errors. + if (Context.isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD)) + return GVA_DiscardableODR; + + // Most non-template variables have strong linkage; inline variables are + // linkonce_odr or (occasionally, for compatibility) weak_odr. + GVALinkage StrongLinkage; + switch (Context.getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(VD)) { + case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None: + StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongExternal; + break; + case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak: + case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown: + StrongLinkage = GVA_DiscardableODR; + break; + case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong: + StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongODR; + break; + } + + switch (VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { + case TSK_Undeclared: + return StrongLinkage; + + case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: + if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { + // If this is a fully specialized constexpr variable template, pretend it + // was marked inline. MSVC 14.21.27702 headers define _Is_integral in a + // header this way, and we don't want to emit non-discardable definitions + // of these variables in every TU that includes <type_traits>. This + // behavior is non-conforming, since another TU could use an extern + // template declaration for this variable, but for constexpr variables, + // it's unlikely for a user to want to do that. This behavior can be + // removed if the headers change to explicitly mark such variable template + // specializations inline. + if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(VD) && VD->isConstexpr()) + return GVA_DiscardableODR; + + // Use ODR linkage for static data members of fully specialized templates + // to prevent duplicate definition errors with MSVC. + if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) + return GVA_StrongODR; + } + return StrongLinkage; + + case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: + return GVA_StrongODR; + + case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: + return GVA_AvailableExternally; + + case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: + return GVA_DiscardableODR; + } + + llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); +} + +GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { + return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, VD, + adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, VD, + basicGVALinkageForVariable(*this, VD))); +} + +bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { + if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { + if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) + return false; + // Global named register variables (GNU extension) are never emitted. + if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register) + return false; + if (VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() || + isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) + return false; + } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { + // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. + if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) + return false; + } else if (isa<PragmaCommentDecl>(D)) + return true; + else if (isa<PragmaDetectMismatchDecl>(D)) + return true; + else if (isa<OMPThreadPrivateDecl>(D)) + return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext(); + else if (isa<OMPAllocateDecl>(D)) + return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext(); + else if (isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(D) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(D)) + return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext(); + else if (isa<ImportDecl>(D)) + return true; + else + return false; + + if (D->isFromASTFile() && !LangOpts.BuildingPCHWithObjectFile) { + assert(getExternalSource() && "It's from an AST file; must have a source."); + // On Windows, PCH files are built together with an object file. If this + // declaration comes from such a PCH and DeclMustBeEmitted would return + // true, it would have returned true and the decl would have been emitted + // into that object file, so it doesn't need to be emitted here. + // Note that decls are still emitted if they're referenced, as usual; + // DeclMustBeEmitted is used to decide whether a decl must be emitted even + // if it's not referenced. + // + // Explicit template instantiation definitions are tricky. If there was an + // explicit template instantiation decl in the PCH before, it will look like + // the definition comes from there, even if that was just the declaration. + // (Explicit instantiation defs of variable templates always get emitted.) + bool IsExpInstDef = + isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && + cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == + TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition; + + // Implicit member function definitions, such as operator= might not be + // marked as template specializations, since they're not coming from a + // template but synthesized directly on the class. + IsExpInstDef |= + isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && + cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->getParent()->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == + TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition; + + if (getExternalSource()->DeclIsFromPCHWithObjectFile(D) && !IsExpInstDef) + return false; + } + + // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. + if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) + return false; + + // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. + if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) + return false; + + // Aliases and used decls are required. + if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) + return true; + + if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { + // Forward declarations aren't required. + if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) + return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); + + // Constructors and destructors are required. + if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) + return true; + + // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes + // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. + if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { + if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { + const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); + if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { + const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); + if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) + return true; + } + } + } + + GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); + + // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can + // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. + // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. + return !isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage); + } + + const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); + assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); + + // If the decl is marked as `declare target to`, it should be emitted for the + // host and for the device. + if (LangOpts.OpenMP && + OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(VD)) + return true; + + if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && + !isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD)) + return false; + + // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. + auto Linkage = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); + if (!isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage)) + return true; + + // We never need to emit a variable that is available in another TU. + if (Linkage == GVA_AvailableExternally) + return false; + + // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. + if (VD->needsDestruction(*this)) + return true; + + // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. + if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this) && + // We can get a value-dependent initializer during error recovery. + (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) + return true; + + // Likewise, variables with tuple-like bindings are required if their + // bindings have side-effects. + if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(VD)) + for (const auto *BD : DD->bindings()) + if (const auto *BindingVD = BD->getHoldingVar()) + if (DeclMustBeEmitted(BindingVD)) + return true; + + return false; +} + +void ASTContext::forEachMultiversionedFunctionVersion( + const FunctionDecl *FD, + llvm::function_ref<void(FunctionDecl *)> Pred) const { + assert(FD->isMultiVersion() && "Only valid for multiversioned functions"); + llvm::SmallDenseSet<const FunctionDecl*, 4> SeenDecls; + FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); + for (auto *CurDecl : + FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->lookup(FD->getDeclName())) { + FunctionDecl *CurFD = CurDecl->getAsFunction()->getMostRecentDecl(); + if (CurFD && hasSameType(CurFD->getType(), FD->getType()) && + std::end(SeenDecls) == llvm::find(SeenDecls, CurFD)) { + SeenDecls.insert(CurFD); + Pred(CurFD); + } + } +} + +CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCallingConvention(bool IsVariadic, + bool IsCXXMethod, + bool IsBuiltin) const { + // Pass through to the C++ ABI object + if (IsCXXMethod) + return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(IsVariadic); + + // Builtins ignore user-specified default calling convention and remain the + // Target's default calling convention. + if (!IsBuiltin) { + switch (LangOpts.getDefaultCallingConv()) { + case LangOptions::DCC_None: + break; + case LangOptions::DCC_CDecl: + return CC_C; + case LangOptions::DCC_FastCall: + if (getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sse2") && !IsVariadic) + return CC_X86FastCall; + break; + case LangOptions::DCC_StdCall: + if (!IsVariadic) + return CC_X86StdCall; + break; + case LangOptions::DCC_VectorCall: + // __vectorcall cannot be applied to variadic functions. + if (!IsVariadic) + return CC_X86VectorCall; + break; + case LangOptions::DCC_RegCall: + // __regcall cannot be applied to variadic functions. + if (!IsVariadic) + return CC_X86RegCall; + break; + } + } + return Target->getDefaultCallingConv(); +} + +bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { + // Pass through to the C++ ABI object + return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); +} + +VTableContextBase *ASTContext::getVTableContext() { + if (!VTContext.get()) { + if (Target->getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) + VTContext.reset(new MicrosoftVTableContext(*this)); + else + VTContext.reset(new ItaniumVTableContext(*this)); + } + return VTContext.get(); +} + +MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext(const TargetInfo *T) { + if (!T) + T = Target; + switch (T->getCXXABI().getKind()) { + case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: + case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: + case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: + case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS: + case TargetCXXABI::iOS: + case TargetCXXABI::iOS64: + case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly: + case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS: + return ItaniumMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); + case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: + return MicrosoftMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); + } + llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); +} + +CXXABI::~CXXABI() = default; + +size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { + return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) + + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes); +} + +/// getIntTypeForBitwidth - +/// sets integer QualTy according to specified details: +/// bitwidth, signed/unsigned. +/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. +QualType ASTContext::getIntTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth, + unsigned Signed) const { + TargetInfo::IntType Ty = getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(DestWidth, Signed); + CanQualType QualTy = getFromTargetType(Ty); + if (!QualTy && DestWidth == 128) + return Signed ? Int128Ty : UnsignedInt128Ty; + return QualTy; +} + +/// getRealTypeForBitwidth - +/// sets floating point QualTy according to specified bitwidth. +/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. +QualType ASTContext::getRealTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth) const { + TargetInfo::RealType Ty = getTargetInfo().getRealTypeByWidth(DestWidth); + switch (Ty) { + case TargetInfo::Float: + return FloatTy; + case TargetInfo::Double: + return DoubleTy; + case TargetInfo::LongDouble: + return LongDoubleTy; + case TargetInfo::Float128: + return Float128Ty; + case TargetInfo::NoFloat: + return {}; + } + + llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::RealType value"); +} + +void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) { + if (Number > 1) + MangleNumbers[ND] = Number; +} + +unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const { + auto I = MangleNumbers.find(ND); + return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; +} + +void ASTContext::setStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD, unsigned Number) { + if (Number > 1) + StaticLocalNumbers[VD] = Number; +} + +unsigned ASTContext::getStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD) const { + auto I = StaticLocalNumbers.find(VD); + return I != StaticLocalNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; +} + +MangleNumberingContext & +ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) { + assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus); // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C. + std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> &MCtx = MangleNumberingContexts[DC]; + if (!MCtx) + MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext(); + return *MCtx; +} + +MangleNumberingContext & +ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(NeedExtraManglingDecl_t, const Decl *D) { + assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus); // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C. + std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> &MCtx = + ExtraMangleNumberingContexts[D]; + if (!MCtx) + MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext(); + return *MCtx; +} + +std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> +ASTContext::createMangleNumberingContext() const { + return ABI->createMangleNumberingContext(); +} + +const CXXConstructorDecl * +ASTContext::getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD) { + return ABI->getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject( + cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl())); +} + +void ASTContext::addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD, + CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { + return ABI->addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject( + cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl()), + cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CD->getFirstDecl())); +} + +void ASTContext::addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD, + TypedefNameDecl *DD) { + return ABI->addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD); +} + +TypedefNameDecl * +ASTContext::getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) { + return ABI->getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD); +} + +void ASTContext::addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD, + DeclaratorDecl *DD) { + return ABI->addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD); +} + +DeclaratorDecl *ASTContext::getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) { + return ABI->getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD); +} + +void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { + ParamIndices[D] = index; +} + +unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { + ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); + assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && + "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); + return I->second; +} + +APValue * +ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, + bool MayCreate) { + assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && + "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); + if (MayCreate) { + APValue *&MTVI = MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; + if (!MTVI) + MTVI = new (*this) APValue; + return MTVI; + } + + return MaterializedTemporaryValues.lookup(E); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getStringLiteralArrayType(QualType EltTy, + unsigned Length) const { + // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1). + if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings) + EltTy = EltTy.withConst(); + + EltTy = adjustStringLiteralBaseType(EltTy); + + // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes + // the null terminator character. + return getConstantArrayType(EltTy, llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1), nullptr, + ArrayType::Normal, /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); +} + +StringLiteral * +ASTContext::getPredefinedStringLiteralFromCache(StringRef Key) const { + StringLiteral *&Result = StringLiteralCache[Key]; + if (!Result) + Result = StringLiteral::Create( + *this, Key, StringLiteral::Ascii, + /*Pascal*/ false, getStringLiteralArrayType(CharTy, Key.size()), + SourceLocation()); + return Result; +} + +bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { + const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); + if (!T.isOSDarwin()) + return false; + + if (!(T.isiOS() && T.isOSVersionLT(7)) && + !(T.isMacOSX() && T.isOSVersionLT(10, 9))) + return false; + + QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); + CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); + uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); + CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); + unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); + unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); + return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); +} + +/// Template specializations to abstract away from pointers and TypeLocs. +/// @{ +template <typename T> +static ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const T &Node) { + return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node); +} +template <> +ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const TypeLoc &Node) { + return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node); +} +template <> +ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode +createDynTypedNode(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Node) { + return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node); +} +/// @} + +/// A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their +/// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. +/// +/// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST +/// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) +/// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. +/// +/// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. +class ASTContext::ParentMap::ASTVisitor + : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ASTVisitor> { +public: + ASTVisitor(ParentMap &Map) : Map(Map) {} + +private: + friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ASTVisitor>; + + using VisitorBase = RecursiveASTVisitor<ASTVisitor>; + + bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return true; } + + bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return true; } + + template <typename T, typename MapNodeTy, typename BaseTraverseFn, + typename MapTy> + bool TraverseNode(T Node, MapNodeTy MapNode, BaseTraverseFn BaseTraverse, + MapTy *Parents) { + if (!Node) + return true; + if (ParentStack.size() > 0) { + // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, but only + // when no memoization data is available for the type. + // For example when we visit all subexpressions of template + // instantiations; this is suboptimal, but benign: the only way to + // visit those is with hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create + // new matches. + // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash + // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / + // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that + // do not have pointer identity. + auto &NodeOrVector = (*Parents)[MapNode]; + if (NodeOrVector.isNull()) { + if (const auto *D = ParentStack.back().get<Decl>()) + NodeOrVector = D; + else if (const auto *S = ParentStack.back().get<Stmt>()) + NodeOrVector = S; + else + NodeOrVector = new ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode(ParentStack.back()); + } else { + if (!NodeOrVector.template is<ParentVector *>()) { + auto *Vector = new ParentVector( + 1, getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(NodeOrVector)); + delete NodeOrVector + .template dyn_cast<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>(); + NodeOrVector = Vector; + } + + auto *Vector = NodeOrVector.template get<ParentVector *>(); + // Skip duplicates for types that have memoization data. + // We must check that the type has memoization data before calling + // std::find() because DynTypedNode::operator== can't compare all + // types. + bool Found = ParentStack.back().getMemoizationData() && + std::find(Vector->begin(), Vector->end(), + ParentStack.back()) != Vector->end(); + if (!Found) + Vector->push_back(ParentStack.back()); + } + } + ParentStack.push_back(createDynTypedNode(Node)); + bool Result = BaseTraverse(); + ParentStack.pop_back(); + return Result; + } + + bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { + return TraverseNode( + DeclNode, DeclNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseDecl(DeclNode); }, + &Map.PointerParents); + } + + bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { + return TraverseNode( + StmtNode, StmtNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseStmt(StmtNode); }, + &Map.PointerParents); + } + + bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TypeLocNode) { + return TraverseNode( + TypeLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(TypeLocNode), + [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLocNode); }, + &Map.OtherParents); + } + + bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLocNode) { + return TraverseNode( + NNSLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(NNSLocNode), + [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSLocNode); }, + &Map.OtherParents); + } + + ParentMap ⤅ + llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack; +}; + +ASTContext::ParentMap::ParentMap(ASTContext &Ctx) { + ASTVisitor(*this).TraverseAST(Ctx); +} + +ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList +ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { + if (!Parents) + // We build the parent map for the traversal scope (usually whole TU), as + // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. + Parents = std::make_unique<ParentMap>(*this); + return Parents->getParents(Node); +} + +bool +ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, + const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) { + // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod. + if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() + || MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) + return false; + if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() != + MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier()) + return false; + if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getReturnType(), MethodImpl->getReturnType())) + return false; + + if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size()) + return false; + + for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(), + IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(), + EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); + IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { + const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF); + const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM); + if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier()) + return false; + if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType())) + return false; + } + + return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic()); +} + +uint64_t ASTContext::getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType QT) const { + LangAS AS; + if (QT->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()->isNullPtrType()) + AS = LangAS::Default; + else + AS = QT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); + + return getTargetInfo().getNullPointerValue(AS); +} + +unsigned ASTContext::getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS) const { + if (isTargetAddressSpace(AS)) + return toTargetAddressSpace(AS); + else + return (*AddrSpaceMap)[(unsigned)AS]; +} + +QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingSaturatedType(QualType Ty) const { + assert(Ty->isFixedPointType()); + + if (Ty->isSaturatedFixedPointType()) return Ty; + + switch (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { + default: + llvm_unreachable("Not a fixed point type!"); + case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: + return SatShortAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::Accum: + return SatAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::LongAccum: + return SatLongAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: + return SatUnsignedShortAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::UAccum: + return SatUnsignedAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: + return SatUnsignedLongAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::ShortFract: + return SatShortFractTy; + case BuiltinType::Fract: + return SatFractTy; + case BuiltinType::LongFract: + return SatLongFractTy; + case BuiltinType::UShortFract: + return SatUnsignedShortFractTy; + case BuiltinType::UFract: + return SatUnsignedFractTy; + case BuiltinType::ULongFract: + return SatUnsignedLongFractTy; + } +} + +LangAS ASTContext::getLangASForBuiltinAddressSpace(unsigned AS) const { + if (LangOpts.OpenCL) + return getTargetInfo().getOpenCLBuiltinAddressSpace(AS); + + if (LangOpts.CUDA) + return getTargetInfo().getCUDABuiltinAddressSpace(AS); + + return getLangASFromTargetAS(AS); +} + +// Explicitly instantiate this in case a Redeclarable<T> is used from a TU that +// doesn't include ASTContext.h +template +clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr< + const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::ValueType +clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr< + const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::makeValue( + const clang::ASTContext &Ctx, Decl *Value); + +unsigned char ASTContext::getFixedPointScale(QualType Ty) const { + assert(Ty->isFixedPointType()); + + const TargetInfo &Target = getTargetInfo(); + switch (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { + default: + llvm_unreachable("Not a fixed point type!"); + case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: + return Target.getShortAccumScale(); + case BuiltinType::Accum: + case BuiltinType::SatAccum: + return Target.getAccumScale(); + case BuiltinType::LongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: + return Target.getLongAccumScale(); + case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: + return Target.getUnsignedShortAccumScale(); + case BuiltinType::UAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: + return Target.getUnsignedAccumScale(); + case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: + return Target.getUnsignedLongAccumScale(); + case BuiltinType::ShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: + return Target.getShortFractScale(); + case BuiltinType::Fract: + case BuiltinType::SatFract: + return Target.getFractScale(); + case BuiltinType::LongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: + return Target.getLongFractScale(); + case BuiltinType::UShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: + return Target.getUnsignedShortFractScale(); + case BuiltinType::UFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUFract: + return Target.getUnsignedFractScale(); + case BuiltinType::ULongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: + return Target.getUnsignedLongFractScale(); + } +} + +unsigned char ASTContext::getFixedPointIBits(QualType Ty) const { + assert(Ty->isFixedPointType()); + + const TargetInfo &Target = getTargetInfo(); + switch (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { + default: + llvm_unreachable("Not a fixed point type!"); + case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: + return Target.getShortAccumIBits(); + case BuiltinType::Accum: + case BuiltinType::SatAccum: + return Target.getAccumIBits(); + case BuiltinType::LongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: + return Target.getLongAccumIBits(); + case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: + return Target.getUnsignedShortAccumIBits(); + case BuiltinType::UAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: + return Target.getUnsignedAccumIBits(); + case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: + case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: + return Target.getUnsignedLongAccumIBits(); + case BuiltinType::ShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: + case BuiltinType::Fract: + case BuiltinType::SatFract: + case BuiltinType::LongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: + case BuiltinType::UShortFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: + case BuiltinType::UFract: + case BuiltinType::SatUFract: + case BuiltinType::ULongFract: + case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: + return 0; + } +} + +FixedPointSemantics ASTContext::getFixedPointSemantics(QualType Ty) const { + assert((Ty->isFixedPointType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) && + "Can only get the fixed point semantics for a " + "fixed point or integer type."); + if (Ty->isIntegerType()) + return FixedPointSemantics::GetIntegerSemantics(getIntWidth(Ty), + Ty->isSignedIntegerType()); + + bool isSigned = Ty->isSignedFixedPointType(); + return FixedPointSemantics( + static_cast<unsigned>(getTypeSize(Ty)), getFixedPointScale(Ty), isSigned, + Ty->isSaturatedFixedPointType(), + !isSigned && getTargetInfo().doUnsignedFixedPointTypesHavePadding()); +} + +APFixedPoint ASTContext::getFixedPointMax(QualType Ty) const { + assert(Ty->isFixedPointType()); + return APFixedPoint::getMax(getFixedPointSemantics(Ty)); +} + +APFixedPoint ASTContext::getFixedPointMin(QualType Ty) const { + assert(Ty->isFixedPointType()); + return APFixedPoint::getMin(getFixedPointSemantics(Ty)); +} + +QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(QualType Ty) const { + assert(Ty->isUnsignedFixedPointType() && + "Expected unsigned fixed point type"); + + switch (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { + case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: + return ShortAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::UAccum: + return AccumTy; + case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: + return LongAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: + return SatShortAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: + return SatAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: + return SatLongAccumTy; + case BuiltinType::UShortFract: + return ShortFractTy; + case BuiltinType::UFract: + return FractTy; + case BuiltinType::ULongFract: + return LongFractTy; + case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: + return SatShortFractTy; + case BuiltinType::SatUFract: + return SatFractTy; + case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: + return SatLongFractTy; + default: + llvm_unreachable("Unexpected unsigned fixed point type"); + } +} |